The URL can be used to link to this page

1998-06-10 Specs Street and Utility Improvement SPECIFICATIONS FOR CENTER OAKS 3RD ADDITION STREET ~?~ND UTILITY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA MEYER-ROHLIN, INC. ENGINEERS AND LAND SURVEYORS 1111 HIGHWAY 25 NORTH BUFFALO, MINNESOTA 55313 June 10, 1998 Revised July 8, 1998 Project No. 98160 I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me, or under my direct supervision and I am a duly Registered Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Scott A. Dahlke, Professional Engineer Reg. No 24348 J INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS In order for proposals to be entitled to consideration, they must be in accordance with the following instructions: A. GENERAL All proposals shall be submitted on forms furnished by the Engineer. All information, lump sums and unit prices requested shall be completely filled out by typewriter or in ink. All corporation bids shall bear the official seal of the corporation. The bid shall be submitted on the unbound proposal forms. A proposal may be withdrawn without prejudice to the bidder by written request prior to the hour of the letting. Proposals so withdrawn may be re-submitted at any time prior to the time set for opening of proposals. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals and to waive any informalities and irregularities in the bidding. B. QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS All bidders shall submit information necessary to satisfy the Owner that the bidder is adequately prepared to fulfill the contract. Such information shall include past performance records, lists of available personnel, plants and equipment, financial statements, or any other pertinent information. C. PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL The bidder shall submit his proposal on the forms provided by the Engineer. The blank spaces on the proposal shall be filled in correctly for every item for which a quantity is given, and the bidder shall state the prices for which he proposes to do each item of work. The bidder's proposal shall be signed correctly in ink. The signature acknowledges that the bidder is providing the information required and has received all Addenda to the Specifications. D. SUBCONTRACTORS ' The names and addresses of all subcontractors that the bidder intends to employ on the project shall be listed in the spaces provided on the proposal form. No other subcontractors shall be used on the project without the wntten approval of the Engineer. E. BID SECURITY Each bid shall be accompanied by a certified check, cashier's check, or bidders bond in the amount of five (~%) of the bid, as a guarantee that the bidder will enter into the proposed contract within the time specified. Should the bidder whose proposal has been accepted by the Owner refuse, fail or neglect to execute the contract and furnish a satisfactory surety bond, it is understood and agreed between the Owner and said accepted bidder that the five (~%) percent of bid security shall be the amount of the liquidated damages occasioned by such refusal, failure, or neglect; and that thereupon said Owner shall realize on such bid security and use the proceeds in payment of said damages. The bid security accompanying rejected bids will be promptly returned to the bidders upon the execution of a contract or the rejection of bids. 1 J u F. PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Copies of proposal forms, Plans and Specifications, for use by contractors submitting a bid, may be obtained from Meyer-Roblin, Inc., 1111 Highway 25 North, Buffalo, MN 55313, on deposit of the sum of Thirty-five Dollars ($35.00). This deposit will not be refundable. ^ G. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND DOCUNLENTS Bidders shall satisfy themselves by a personal examination of the site as to all local conditions affecting the performance of the Contract, such as the structure of the ground, the existence of surface and ground water, availability of drainage, obstacles which may be encountered, means of approach to the site, and the manner of delivery and handling of materials. The bidder, in submitting his proposal, is deemed to accept all conditions as the same as are eventually found to exist and to waive all claim for extra compensation arising from the encountering of unforeseen difficulties except as the same are expressly provided for in either the Specifications or the contract. Bidders shall also carefully examine ' the Plans and read the Specifications before submitting bids on the work to be done. If any bidder contemplating submitting a bid for the proposed contract is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the Plans, Specifications, or other proposed contract documents, he may submit to the Engineer a written request for an interpretation ' thereof. The clarification of the proposed documents will be made only by an addendum duly issued. A copy of such an addendum will be mailed, faxed, or delivered to each person receiving a copy of the Plans and Specifications or to such other prospective bidders as have requested that they be furnished with a copy of such an addendum. All addenda issued to bidders prior to the date of receipt of proposals shall become a part of the contract documents, and all proposals are to include the work therein described. Each proposal submitted shall list all addenda by number which have been received prior to the time scheduled for receipt of proposals. H. ADHERENCE TO SPECIFICATIONS All work shall be done in strict accordance with the Specifications and Plats and such addenda as may be issued from time to time by the Engineer. Bidders shall be held strictly to the intent of the Plans and Specifications. ' I. RETECTION OF BIDS The right is reserved to reject any or all bids or to accept such bid, as in the opinion of the Owner will be to the best interests of the Owner. No bidder may withdraw his bid for at least thirty (30) days after the scheduled closing time ' for the receipt of bids. J. CONDITIONS IN BIDDER'S PROPOSAL The bidder shall not stipulate in his proposal any conditions not provided for on the proposal form. K. INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATES Bidders shall examine to their satisfaction the quantities of work to be done, as determined from the Plans and Specifications. The Engineer's estimate of quantities as shown on the proposal shall be used as a basis of calculation upon which the award of contract will be made, but these quantities are not guaranteed to be accurate and are furnished without any liability on the part of the Owner or Engineer. Bidders must rely on their own calculations and shall be thoroughly familiar with the contract documents. i 2 L. DELNERY OF PROPOSALS All bids shall be placed in a sealed envelope with a statement thereon showing the work covered by the bid and addressed to the address stipulated in the Request for Bids. Proposals may be mailed or submitted in person. No proposals received via facsimile shall be accepted. No bids will be received after the time set for receiving them. ' Bids arriving by mail at the office of the Owner after the hour designated for receiving bids will be returned to the sender unopened. The Engineer will not deliver bids to the place of the bid opening. ' M. REJECTION OF PROPOSALS Proposals may be rejected if they show any omission, alteration of form, additions not called for, conditional bids or alternate bids not specified, or irregularities of any kind. Proposals in which the prices are obviously unbalanced may be rejected. N. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS More than one proposal for the same project from any individual firm, partnership or corporation under the same or different names will not be considered. Collusion between the bidders will be considered sufficient cause for the rejection of all bids so affected. Failure on the part of any bidder to carry out previous contracts satisfactorily, or his lack of experience or equipment necessary for the satisfactory completion of the work, may be deemed sufficient cause for his disqualification. ' O. UNIT PRICES In case of error in the extension of prices, the unit bid paces shall govern. The Owner reserves the right to waive any informality in the bids at his discretion. 1 n 3 REVISED PROPOSAL FORM FOR Center Oaks 3rd Addtition Street and Utility Improvement Project Albertville, MN Center Oaks Partnership, LLP c/o Meyer-Rohlin, Inc. 1111 Highway 25 North Buffalo, MN 55313 The undersigned, as bidder, hereby proposes. and, if this proposal is accepted, agrees to furnish bonds as required and to enter into a contract with the Owner to furnish all mater- ials, labor, skill, tools and equipment for the complete construction of streets and utilities, including all accessories as called for by the Specifications herewith, as prepared by Meyer-Rohlin, Inc., Engineers and Land Surveyors, 1111 Highway 25 North, Buffalo, MN, 55313, acting as and in these contract documents entitled as the Engineer for the following estimated quantities and unit prices: BID A -Sanitary Sewer Unit Total No. Item Qtv. Unit Price Price 1 8" PVC, SDR35, (0-8') 341 LF 2 8" PVC, SDR35, (8-10') 10 LF 3 10" PVC, SDR35, (0-8') 335 LF 4 10" PVC, SDR35, (8-10') 225 LF 5 10" PVC, SDR35, (10-12') 240 LF 6 10" PVC, SDR35, (12-14') 201 LF 7 10" PVC, SDR35, (14-16') 20 LF 8 48" Manhole (0-5') 7 EA 9 Manhole Extra Depth 15.6 LF 10 Sanitary Service Group 23 EA 11 4" PVC Sanitary Service Pipe 1029 LF 12 8" Cap 1 EA 13 2'-10" PVC Stub 1 EA 14 Remove & Reuse 10" Cap 1 EA TOTAL BID "A" BID B -Water Main Unit Total No. Item Qty. Unit Price Price 1 6" C-900 PVC 447 LF 2 12" C-900 PVC 1010 LF 3 6"-22 1/2° DIP Bend 2 EA 4 6"-11 1/4° DIP Bend 2 EA 5 12"-45° DIP Bend 1 EA 6 12"-22 1/2° DIP Bend 2 EA 7 12"-11 1/4° DIP Bend 2 EA 8 12"x12"x12" D1P Tee 1 EA 9 12"x12"x6" DIP Tee 3 EA 10 6"x6"x6" DIP Tee 1 EA 11 12" Gate Valve, Box & Riser 1 EA 12 6" Gate Valve, Box & Riser 7 EA 13 12"x6" Reducer 1 EA 14 Hydrant 5 EA 15 Water Service Group 24 EA 16 1" Copper Water Service Pipe 1037 LF 17 Remove & Reuse 6" GV, Box & Riser 1 EA 18 Remove & Reuse Hydrant 1 EA 19 Remove & Reuse 12"x6" Reducer 1 EA 20 Bacteriological Test 1 EA TOTAL BID "B" BID C -Storm Sewer No. Item Unit Qtv. Unit Price Total Price 1 12" RCP, CL III, (0-8') 327 LF 2 15" RCP, CL III, (0-8') 69 LF 3 12" HDPE, (0-8') 416 LF 4 15" HDPE, (0-8') 672 LF 5 18" HDPE, (0-8') 169 LF 6 12"-7.5° RCP S.R. Bend 6 EA 7 27" Catch Basin (0-5') 2 EA 8 30" Catch Basin (0-5') 1 EA 9 2'X3' Box Catch Basin (0-5') 1 EA 10 48" Catch Basin (0-5') 7 EA 11 48" Catch Basin Extra Depth 0.5 LF 12 12" RCP FES w/Guard 2 EA 13 15" HDPE FES w/Guard 2 EA 14 18" HDPE FES w/Guard 1 EA 15 4" Perforated Pipe w/Sock 1240 LF 16 4" Draintile Cleanout 5 EA 17 Random Rip Rap w/Fabric 12.5 CY 18 Grade Swale to Daylight 350 LF TOTAL BID "C" BID D -Streets No. Item Unit Total Qtv. Unit Price Price 1 Subgrade Preparation 5759 SY 2 Adjust Existing Subgrade 16 HR 3 Select Granular Borrow (CU) 2879 CY 4 Class 5 Gravel Base (CU) 1052 CY 5 Geotextile Fabric 5759 SY 6 Surmountable Concrete Curb & Gutter 2558 LF 7 8618 Concrete Curb & Gutter 100 LF 8 Type 31 Bituminous Base Course 11937 SY-IN 9 Type 41 Bituminous Wear Course 7162 SY-IN 10 Adjust Manhole 5 EA 11 Adjust Gate Valve 3 EA 12 Seed, Mulch & Disk Anchor 1.2 AC TOTAL BID "D" TOTAL BIDS "A", "B", "C", ~ "D" 1 Subcontractors to be used in the work must be shown below. Name C~ 0 0 n n ~J 7 Address Name Address If this proposal is accepted, the bidder agrees to commence work and to complete all work according to the schedule in the special provisions. This proposal is submitted after careful study of the plans and specifications and from a personal knowledge of the conditions, both surface and subsoil, at the various sites, which knowledge was obtained from the undersigned's own sources of information and not from any official or employee of the Owner. The undersigned does declare this proposal is made without improper connection with any other person or persons making a proposal on this same contract and is in al respects fair and without collusion or fraud and the undersigned does further declare that no person or persons acting in any official capacity for the Owner is directly or indirectly interested in the proposal herein or in the supplies or works to which it relates or in any portion of the profits thereof. It is understood and agreed that this proposal cannot be withdrawn within thirty (30) days after the opening of bids without the consent of the Owner and that the Owner has the right to accept the lowest responsive-responsible bidder or reject any or all proposals. ADDENDUM RECEIPT The receipt of the following Addenda to the Specifications is acknowledged. Addendum No. Date Addendum No. Date Legal Name of Person, Firm or Corporation BY ADDRESS PHONE ~! CONTRACT AGREEMENT PROJECT 98160 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the day of 1998, by and between , hereinafter called the Contractor, and Pilot Land Development Company, hereinafter called the Owner. WITNESSETH: That the Contractor and the Owner for the considerations hereinafter agree as follows: ARTICLE 1 - SCOPE OF WORK The Contractor shall furnish all of the material and perform all of the work shown on the plans and drawings as described in the specifications entitled, "CENTER OAKS 3~ ADDITION, STREET AND UTILITY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT", as prepared by Meyer-Rohlin, Inc., Engineers and Land Surveyors, 1111 Highway 25 North, Buffalo, Minnesota, acting as and in these contract documents entitled "Engineer". ARTICLE 2 - COMPLETION OF WORK The Contractor shall complete the work as specified within the specifications. ARTICLE 3 - THE CONTRACT SUM The Owner agrees to pay and the Contractor agrees to receive and accept payment in accordance with the unit prices bid and based upon the estimated quantities for the combined estimated sum as set forth in the accepted Contractors Proposal on file with the Owner, to be DOLLARS ( $ ) . II II ARTICLE 4 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents shall consist of the following component parts: 1) The Accepted Proposal 2) Instructions to Bidders 3) Contract Agreement 4) General Conditions 5) Supplemental Conditions 6) Special Provisions 7) Street Construction 8) Concrete Curb Specifications 9) Standard Utilities Specifications - Part II 10) Joint Powers Specifications 11) Excavation and Embankment 12) Lawns and Grasses 13) Plan Sheets - 98160 This Instrument, together with the documents above mentioned, form the Contract, and they are as fully a part of the Contract as if hereto attached or herein repeated. ARTICLE 5 - PAYMENTS The Contractor shall submit Engineer, as per specificati~ payment for all materials, period. The Owner will retain payment until full completion monthly requests for payment to the ins, including lien waivers requesting and labor expended for the payment five (50) percent of the amount of the of the Contract. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed in three counterparts as of the day and year first above written. PILOT LAND DEVELOPMENT CO. BY BY 1 u u 0 n 0 ii 1 C 0 u This document has important legal consequences; consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its use or modification. This document should be adapted to the particular circumstances of the contemplated Project and the Controlling Law. STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Prepared by ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE and ~II Issued and Published Jointly By ~~ National Society of ~` Professional Engineers AMERICAN CONSULTING Processional Engineers in Private Practice AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS ENGINEERS COUNCIL PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE a practice division of the NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS AMERICAN CONSULTING ENGINEERS COUNCIL AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS This document has been approved and endorsed by `~ U4IV ~' ~.n~ The Associated General (•~`=. Contractors of America ~~' Construction Specifications Institute a~e.arKa~»~l i Cmswction T nnolo9Y These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Owner-Contractor Agreements (No. 1910-8-A-1 or 1910- 8-A-2) (1996 Editions). Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the other. Comments concerning their usage are contained in the EJCDC User's Guide (No. 1910-50). For guidance in the preparation of Supplementary Conditions, see Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions (No. 1910-17) (1996 Edition). EJCDC No. 1910-8 ('1996 Edition) n J ~~~ L~ TABLE OF CONTENTS ARTICLE 1 -DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY .....................................00700 - 6 1.01 Defined Terms .................................................. .00700 - 6 1.02 Terminology .................................................... .00700 - 8 ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS ........................................... .00700 - 9 2.01 Delivery of Bonds ................................................ .00700 - 9 2.02 Copies of Documents .............................................. .00700 - 9 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed ......................... .00700 - 9 2.04 Starting the Work ................................................ .00700 - 9 2.05 Before Starting Construction ......................................... .00700 - 9 2.06 Preconstruction Conference .......................................... 00700 - 10 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules ........................................ 00700 - 10 ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE ..................... 00700 - 10 3.01 Intent ........................................................ 00700 - 10 3.02 Reference Standards .............................................. 00700 - 10 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ................................... 00700 - 11 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents ........................... 00700 - 11 3.05 Reuse of Documents ............................................... 00700 - 11 ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS .............................................. 00700 - 11 4.01 Availability of Lands .............................................. 00700 - 11 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions ..................................... 00700 - 12 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ................................ 00700 - 12 4.04 Underground Facilities ............................................. 00700 - 13 4.05 Reference Points ................................................. 00700 - 13 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site ................................ 00700 - 14 ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE ........................................... 00700 - 15 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds ................................. 00700 - 15 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers ........................................ 00700 - 15 5.03 Certificates of Insurance ............................................ 00700 - 15 5.04 CONTRACTOR'S Liability Insurance .................................... 00700 - 15 5.05 OWNER'S Liability Insurance ......................................... 00700 - 16 5.06 Property Insurance ............................................... 00700 - 16 5.07 Waiver of Rights ................................................. 00700 - 17 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds .............................. 00700 - 18 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace ........................ 00700 - 18 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer ........................ 00700 - 18 ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES ................................... 00700 - 18 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence ....................................... 00700 - 18 6.02 Labor; Working Hours ............................................. 00700 - 19 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ..................................... 00700 - 19 6.04 ................................................ Progress Schedule 00700 - 19 6.05 Substitutes and "Or-Equals " .......................................... 00700 - 19 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others ............................ 00700 - 20 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties ........................................... 00700 - 21 6.08 Permits ....................................................... 00700 - 21 6.09 Laws and Regulations .............................................. 00700 - 22 6.10 Taxes ......................................... .............. 00700 - 22 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas .......................................... 00700 - 22 6.12 Record Documents ................................................ 00700 - 22 6.13 Safety and Protection ......................................... .... 00700 - 23 6.14 Safety Representative .............................................. 00700 - 23 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs ...................................... 00700 - 23 00700 - 3 u 6.16 Emergencies .............. ..... ........................... 00700 - 23 t 6.17 ..... Shop Drawin s and Sam les . 6.18 g p ......................................... Continuing the Work ... . .00700 - 23 6.19 . ......................................... CONfRACTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee .......... ................. .00700 - 24 . 00700 - 25 ' 6.20 Indemnification ..... ............................................ ARTICLE 7 -OTHER WORK .00700 - 25 7.01 ...................... Related Work at Site 00700 - 26 7.02 ........................................ Coordination ...................... .. ...... .00700 - 26 00700 26 ARTICLE 8 - ....... ................ OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES . - 8.01 ........................ ........ ....... Communications to Contractor .00700 - 26 8.02 ....................................... Replacement of ENGINEER ....................................... .00700 - 26 00700 - 26 8.03 .. Furnish Data . 8.04 .................................................. Pay Promptly When Due . . 00700 - 26 8.05 ........ .... . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests ........................... .. .... . 00700 - 26 00700 - 26 . ' 8.06 Insurance 8.07 .....................................................00700 - 27 Change Orders ... 8.08 ............................................... Inspections Tests and Approvals 00700 - 27 8.09 , , ...................................... Limitations on OWNER's Responsibilities ............ .. 00700 - 27 00700 27 8.10 , , , .... ............ Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition - 8.11 ............................ Evidence of Financial Arrangements 00700 - 27 ARTICLE 9 - ..................................... ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION .......... ................. 00700 - 27 00700 - 27 , 9.01 OWNER'S Representative . 9.02 ......... ................ .................. Visits to Site 00700 - 27 9.03 9 .................................................... Project Representative ......... .. ......................... 00700 - 27 00700 - 27 .04 :: ; :::::: Clarifications and Interpretations .. 9.05 ........................... Authorized Variations in Work 00700 - 28 9.06 ........................................ Rejecting Defective Work 00700 - 28 9.07 ............................................ Shop Drawings Change Orders and Pa ments 00700 - 28 ' , y ........ .... .................. 00700 - 28 9.08 Determinations for Unit Price Work ..................................... 00700 - 28 9.09 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work ...... 00700 - 28 9.10 ARTICLE 10 .... Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and Responsibilities ...................... CHAN 00700 - 28 e - GES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS ........... ........... 00700 - 29 10.01 ........... .. Authorized Changes in the Work 10.02 . 1 0 03 ....................................... Unauthorized Changes in the Work ...................... .. ............. E 00700 - 29 00700 - 29 . . xecution of Change Orders ........... 00700 29 10.04 ....................... .... .... Notification to Surety . - 10.05 ............................................. Claims and Disputes . 00700 - 29 I LE 11 - ........... .: .... COST OF THE WORK; CASH ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK .......... . 00700 - 30 00700 - 30 11.01 .. Cost of the Work 11.02 ................................................. Cash Allowances 00700 - 30 11.03 ................................................. Unit Price Work ...... ...... .......... 00700 - 32 00700 - 32 ' ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 0 12.01 .......... . Change of Contract Price 0070 - 33 12.02 12 03 ........................................... Change of Contract Times ................. .......................... D l ' 00700 - 33 00700 - 33 ' . e ays Beyond CONTRACTOR S Control 00700 33 12.04 .................................. Delays Within CONTRACTOR'S Control .................................. - 00700 - 34 12.05 Delays Beyond OWNER'S and CONTRACTOR'S Control 00700 - 34 12.06 ARTICLE 13 - ........................ Delay Damages ............. ............ TESTS AND INSPECTIONS CORRECTION R 00700 - 34 ; , EMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ............................................... 00700-34 13.01 13 02 Notice of Defects ...... ................... ....................... Access t W k 00700 - 34 ' . 13.03 o or ........................ ......... ................. Tests and Inspections 00700 - 34 13.04 .............................................. Uncovering Work 00700 - 34 13.05 ........ ...... ................................... OWNER May Sto the Wo k 00700 - 35 p r ......................................... 00700 - 35 13.06 . Correction or Removal of Defective Work .............. . , . _ .. 00700 - 35 00700 - 4 ' 13.07 Correction Period ................................................ 00700 - 35 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work ......................................... 00700 - 36 13.09 OWNER May Correct Defective Work .................................... 00700 - 36 ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ........................ 00700 - 36 14.01 .Schedule of Values ................................................ 00700 - 36 14.02 Progress Payments ................................................ 00700 - 37 14.03 CONTRACgOR's Warranty of Tttle ..................................... 00700 - 38 14.04 Substantial Completion .............................................. 00700 - 38 14.05 Partial Utilization ................................................ 00700 - 39 14.06 .Final Inspection ........................ ......................... 00700 - 39 14.07 Final Payment .................................................... 00700 - 39 14.08 Final Completion Delayed ........................................... 00700 - 40 14.09 Waiver of Claims ................................................. 00700 - 40 ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION ............................ 00700 - 40 15.01 OWNER May Suspend Work .......................................... 00700 - 40 15.02 OWNER May Terminate for Cause ...................................... 00700 - 40 15.03 OWNER May Terminate For Convenience ......... .. ...................... 00700 - 41 15.04 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate ....................... ......... 00700 - 41 ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE. RESOLUTION ............................................ 00700 - 41 16.01 Methods and Procedures ............................................ 00700 - 41 ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS ...................................... _ ......... 00700 - 42 17.01 Giving Notice ................................................... 00700 - 42 17.02 .......................... Computation of Times ................. ... 00700 - 42 17.03 Cumulative Remedies .............................................. 00700 - 42 17.04 Survival of Obligations ............................................. 00700 - 42 17.05 Controlling Law ................................................. 00700 - 42 00700 - 5 GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1 -DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in the Contract Documents and printed with initial or all capital letters, the terms listed below will have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. 1. Addenda--Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the Contract Documents. 2. Agreement--The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work. 3. Application for Payment--The form acceptable to ENGINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 4. Asbestos--Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 5. Bid--The offer or proposal of a bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 6. Bidding Documents--The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). 7. Bidding Requirements--The Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid security form, if any, and the Bid form with any supplements. 8. Bonds--Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. 9. Change Order--A document recommended by ENGINEER which is signed by CONTRACTOR and OWNER and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the 00700 - 6 Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 10. Claim--A demand or assertion by OWNER or CONTRACTOR seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Claim. 11. Contract--The entire and integrated written agreement between the OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral. 12. Contract Documents--The Contract Documents establish the rights and obligations of the parties and include the Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), CONTRACTOR'S Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post Bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Notice to Proceed, the Bonds, these General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings as the same are more specifically identified in the Agreement, together with all Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, and. ENGINEER'S written interpretations. and clarifications issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Approved Shop Drawings and the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. Only printed or hard copies of the items listed in this paragraph are Contract Documents. Files in electronic media format of text, data, graphics, and the like that may be furnished by OWNER to CONTRACTOR are not Contract Documents. 13. Contract Price--The moneys payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.03 in the case of Unit Price Work). 14. Coruract Times--The number of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve Substantial Completion; and (ii) complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER'S written recommendation of final payment. 15. CONTRACTOR--The individual or entity with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement. '] 0 ii I_~' i~ D i~ i~ ii 16. Cost of the Work--See paragraph 11.O1.A for definition. 17. Drawings--That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by ENGINEER which graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by CONTRACTOR. Shop Drawings and other CONTRACTOR submittals are not Drawings as so defined. 18. Effective Date of the Agreement--The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. 19. ENGINEER--The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement. 20. ENGINEER'S Consultant--An individual or entity having a contract with ENGINEER to furnish services as ENGINEER's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. 21. Field Order--A written order issued by ENGI- NEER which requires minor changes in the Work but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 22. General Requirements--Sections of Division 1 of the Specifications. The General Requirements pertain to all sections of the Specifications. 23. Hazardous Environmental Condition--The presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material in such quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work. 24. Hazardous Waste--The term Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from time to time. 25. Laws and Regulations; Laws orRegulations--Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. 26. Liens--Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or personal property. 27. Milestone--A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate comple- tion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 28. Notice of Award--The written notice by OWNER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon timely compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent listed therein, OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement. 29. Notice to Proceed--A written notice given by OWNER to CONTRACTOR fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work under the Contract Documents. 30. OWNER--The individual, entity, public body, or authority with whom CONTRACTOR has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be performed. 31. Partial Utilization--Use by OWNER of a substan- tially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 32. PCBs--Polychlorinated biphenyls. 33. Petroleum--Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non-Hazardous Waste and crude oils. 34. Project--The total construction of which the Work to be performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or apart as may be indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 35. Project Manual--The bound documentary information prepared for bidding and constructing the Work. A listing of the contents of the Project Manual, which may be bound in one or more volumes, is contained in the table(s) of contents. 36. Radioactive Material--Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time. 37. Resident Project Representative--The authorized representative of ENGINEER who may be assigned to the Site or any part thereof. 00700 - 7 7 38. Samples--Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the .standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 39. Shop Drawings--All drawings, diagrams, illustra- tions, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepazed or assembled by or for CON- TRACTOR and submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of the Work. 40. Site--Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by OWNER upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by OWNER which are designated for the use of CONTRACTOR. 41. Specifications--That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. 42. Subcontractor--An individual or entity having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site. 43. Substantial Completion--The time at which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of ENGINEER, the Work (or a specified part thereofl is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. .The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 47. Unit Price Work--Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 48. Work--The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents. 49. Work Change Directive--A written statement to CONTRACTOR issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended by ENGINEER ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen subsurface or physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or to emergencies. A Work Change. Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times but is evidence that the parties expect that the change ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 50. Written Amendment--A written statement modifying the Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and normally dealing with the nonengineering or nontechnical rather than strictly construction-related aspects of the Contract Documents. 'I 44. Supplementary Conditions--That part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. 45. Supplier--A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor. 46. Underground Facilities--All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any ,encasements containing such facilities, including those that convey electricity, gases, 00700 - 8 1.02 Terminology A. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives 1. Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms "as allowed," "as approved," or terms of like effect or import are used, or the adjectives "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of ENGINEER as to the Work, it is intended that such action or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general, the completed Work for compliance with the requirements of and information in the Contract Documents and conformance with the desian concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The n 0 use of any such term or adjective shall not be effective to assign to ENGINEER any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of paragraph 9.10 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. 1 B. Day LJ I' u 1. The word "day" shall constitute a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. C. Defective 1. The word "defective," when modifying the word "Work," refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to EiVGINEER's recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion in accor- dance with paragraph 14.04 or 14.05). D. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide 1. The word "furnish," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment to the Site (or some other specified location) ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition. 2. The word "install," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to put into use or place in final position said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 3. The words "perform" or "provide," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 4. When "furnish," "install," "perform," or "pro- vide" is not used in connection with services, materials, or equipment in a context clearly requiring an obligation of CONTRACTOR, "provide" is implied. E. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases which have awell-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. ARTICLE 2 -PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds A. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agreements to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required to furnish. 2.02 Copies of Documents A. OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to ten copies of the Contract Documents. Additional copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times will com:..ence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. In no event will the Contract Times commence to run later than the sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, ~ whichever date is eazlier. 2.04 Starting the Work A. CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to run. 2.05 Before Starting Construction A. CONTRACTOR'S Review of Contract Documents: Before undertaking each part of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures therein and all applicable field measurements. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to ENGINEER any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from ENGINEER before proceeding with any Work affected thereby; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. B. Preliminary Schedules: Within ten days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified 1 00700 - 9 n in the General Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for its timely review: 1. a preliminary progress schedule indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; 2. a preliminary 'schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submittals which will list each required submittal and the times for submitting, reviewing, and processing such submittal; and 1. The progress schedule will be acceptable to ENGINEER if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose on ENGINEER responsibility for the progress schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTOR's full responsibility therefor. 2. CONTRACTOR'S schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submittals will be acceptable to ENGINEER if it provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals. 3. a preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work which includes quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Contract Price and subdi- vides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. C. Euidence of Insurance: Before any Work at the Site is started, CONTRACTOR and OWNER shall each deliver to the other, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance which either of them or any additional insured may reasonably request) which CONTRACTOR and OWNER respectively are required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5. 2.06 Preconstruction Conference A. Within 20 days after the Contract Times start to run, but before any Work at the Site is started, a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in pazagraph 2.OS.B, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment, and maintaining required records. 3. CONTRACTOR'S schedule of values will be acceptable to ENGINEER as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to component parts of the Work. _ ARTICLE 3 -CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. The Contract Documents aze complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Docu- ments or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be provided whether or not specifically called for at no additional cost to OWNER. C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in Article 9. i~ I~ 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules A. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- ments, at least ten days before submission of the first Application for Payment a conference attended by CON- TRACTOR, ENGINEER, and others as appropriate will be held to review for acceptability to ENGINEER as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.OS.B. CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to CONTRACTOR until acceptable schedules are submitted to ENGINEER. 3.02 Reference Standards n A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations 1. Reference to sandazds, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regula- tions in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), 00700 - 10 except as ..may be otherwise specifically stated in the 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents u ~I ~'~ ii Contract Documents. 2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual or code, or any instruction of a Supplier shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, or ENGINEER, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall any such provision or instruction be effective to assign to OWNER, ENGINEER, or any of ENGIiV'EER's Consultants, agents, or employees any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies 1. If, during the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any standard, specification, manual or code, or of any instruction of any Supplier, CONTRACTOR shall report it to ENGINEER in writing at once. CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.16. A) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.04; provided, however, that CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity, or dis- crepancy unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. B. Resolving Discrepancies 1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract. Documents, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and: a. the provisions of any standard, specification, manual, code, or instruction (whether or not specifi- cally incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents); or b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways: (i) a Written Amendment; (ii) a Change Order; or (iii) a Work Change Directive. B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, by one or more of the following ways: (i) a Field Order; (ii) ENGINEER'S approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; or (iii) ENGINEER'S written interpretation or clarification. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. CONTRACTOR and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other individual or entity performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with. OWNER: (i) shall not have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of ENGINEER or ENGINEER'S Consultant, including electronic media editions; and (ii} shall not reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific written verification or adaption by ENGINEER. This prohibition will survive fmal .payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work, or termination or completion of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude .CONTRACTOR from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes. ARTICLE 4 -AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.01 Availability of Lands A. OWNER shall furnish the Site. OWNER shall notify CONTRACTOR of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which CONTRACTOR must comply in performing the Work. OWNER will obtain in a timely manner and pay for easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. If CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of any delay in OWNER'S furnishing the Site, CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. t 00700 - 11 l B. Upon reasonable written request, OWNER shall furnish CONTRACTOR with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed and OWNER's interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic's or construction lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. C. CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions t A. Notice: If CONTRACTOR believes that any subsur- face or physical condition at or contiguous to the Site that is uncovered or revealed either: 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any "technical data" on which CONTRACTOR is entitled to rely as provided in paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate; or 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site that ENGINJER has used in preparing the Contract Docu- ments; and 2. those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities) that ENGINEER has used in preparing the Contract Documents . B. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR on Technical Data Authorized: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data," CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any Claim against OWNER, ENGINEER, or any of ENGINEER'S Consultants with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR'S purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. 00700 - 12 3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any .Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.16.A), notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing about such condition. CONTRACTOR shall not further disturb such condition or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so. B.. ENGINEER'S Review: After receipt of written notice as required by paragraph 4.03.A, ENGINEER will promptly review the pertinent condition, determine the necessity of OWNER's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect thereto, and advise OWNER in writing (with a copy to CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEER'S fmdings and conclusions. C. Possible Price and Times Adjustments 1. The Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, will be equitably adjusted to the extent that the existence of such differing subsurface or physical condition causes an increase or decrease in CONTRACTOR'S cost of, or time required for, perfor- mance of the Work; subject, however, to the following: a. such condition must meet any one or more of the categories described in paragraph 4.03.A; and b. with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of paragraphs 4.08 and 11.03. 0 u 1 ~~ l fl i 1 1 II LJ ~~ ~I 2. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times if: a. CONTRACTOR knew of the existence of such conditions at the time CONTRACTOR made a final commitment to OWNER in respect of Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or b. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test, or study of the Site and contiguous areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for CON- TRACTOR prior to CONTRACTOR'S making such fmal commitment; or c. CONTRACTOR failed to give the written notice within the time and as required by paragraph 4.03.A. 3. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. However, OWNER, ENGINEER, and ENGINEER'S Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 4.04 Underground Facilities A. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information and data furnished to OWNER or ENGINEER by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including OWNER, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and 2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility for: a. reviewing and checking all such information and data, b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, c. coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities, including OWNER, during construction, and d. the safety and protection of all such Under- ground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. B. Not Shown or Indicated 1. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall, promptly afrer becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.16.A), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice to that owner and to OWNER and ENGINEER. ENGINEER will promptly review the Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility. During such time, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility. 2. If ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued to reflect and document such consequences. An equitable adjustment shall be made in the Contract Price of Contract Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence or location of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents and that CONTRACTOR did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. 4.05 Reference Points A. OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in ENGINEER'S judgment are necessary to enable CON- TRACTOR to proceed with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and property ' 00700 - 13 J monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall report to ENGINEER whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points or property monuments by professionally qualified personnel. 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditon at Site A. Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for the identification of those reports and drawings relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition identified at the Site, if any, that have been utilized by he ENGINEER in the preparation of the Contract Documents. B. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR on Technical Data Authorized: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents.. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data," CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any Claim against OWNER, ENGINEER or any of ENGINEER'S Consultants with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR'S purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings;. or Environmental Condition, CONTRACTOR shall immedi- ately: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.16); and (iii) notify OWNER and ENGINEER (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). OWNER shall promptly consult with ENGINEER concerning the necessity for OWNER to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. E. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such condition or in any affected area until after OWNER has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered to CONTRACTOR written notice: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption. of Work; or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such Work stop- page or such special conditions under which Work is agreed to be resumed by CONTRACTOR, either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. F. If .after receipt of such written notice CONTRACTOR does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then OWNER may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. OWNER may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by OWNER'S own forces or others in accordance with Article 7. ~i ~~ u I~ 3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for any .Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created with any materials brought to the Site by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom CON- TRACTOR is responsible. D. If CONTRACTOR encounters a Hazardous Environmental Condition or if CONTRACTOR or anyone for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible creates a Hazardous G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, OWNER shall indemnify and hold harmless CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, other consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition, provided that such Hazardous Environmental Condition: (i) was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be included within the scope of the Work, and (ii) was not created by CONTRACTOR or, by anyone for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. Nothing 00700 - 14 ~~~ ~I C 0 u in this paragraph 4.06.E shall obligate OWNER to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. H. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, other consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by CONTRACTOR or by anyone for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. Nothing in this paragraph 4.06.F shall obligate CONTRACTOR to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. I. The provisions of paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 are not intended to apply to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. ARTICLE 5 -BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds A. CONTRACTOR shall furnish performance and payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all CONTRACTOR'S obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least until one year after the date when fmal payment becomes due, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Contract Documents. B. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agent's authority to act. C. If the surety on any Bond furnished by CON- TRACTOR is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of paragraph S.O1.B, CONTRACTOR shall within 20 days thereafter substitute another Bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs S.O1.B and 5.02. 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers A. All Bonds and insurance required by the contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by OWNER or CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue Bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.03 Certificates of Insurance A. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supple- mentary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by OWNER or any other additional insured) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain. OWNER shall deliver to CONTRACTOR, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by CONTRACTOR or any other additional insured) which OWNER is required to purchase and maintain. 5.04 CONTRACTOR'S Liability Insurance A. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from CONTRACTOR'S performance of the Work and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: L claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts; 2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of CONTRACTOR'S employees; 3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than CONTRACTOR'S employees; ' 00700 - 15 4. claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sus- tained: (i) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by CONTRACTOR, or (ii) by any other person for any other reason; 5. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and 6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work in accordance with paragraph 13.07; and 7. with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis, remain in effect for at least two years after fmal payment (and CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER and each other additional insured identified in the Supple- mentary Conditions, to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued, evidence satisfactory to OWNER and any such additional insured of continuation of such insurance at fmal payment and one year thereafter). 5.05 OWNER's Liability Insurance l J B. The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph 5.04 to be purchased and maintained shall: 1. ~ with respect to insurance required by paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 inclusive, include as additional insureds (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional liability) OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S Consultants, and any other individuals or entities. identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insureds, and include coverage for the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insureds, and the insurance afforded to these additional insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims covered thereby; 2. include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater; 3. include completed operations insurance; 4. include contractual liability insurance covering CONTRACTOR'S indemnity obligations under para- graphs 6.07, 6.11, and 6.20; 5. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to OWAIER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraph 5.03 will so provide); 6. remain in effect at least until fmal payment and at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may be 00700 - 16 A. In addition to the insurance required to be provided by CONTRACTOR under paragraph 5.04, OWNER, at OWNER's option, may purchase and maintain at OWNER's expense OWNER's own liability insurance as will protect OWNER against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents. 5.06 Property Insurance A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER shall .purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the Site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall: 1. include the interests of OWNER, CONTRAC- TOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S Consultants, and any other individuals or entities identi- fied in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an additional insured; 2. be written on a Builder's Risk "all-risk" or open peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, false work, and materials and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations, water damage, and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions; 3. include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects); u fl J n 0 0 r~ n 0 J u i 4. cover materials and equipment stored. at the Site or at another Location that was agreed to in writing by OWNER prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Application for Payment recommended by ENGINEER; 5. allow for partial utilization of the Work by OWNER; 6. include testing and startup; and 7. be maintained in effect until final payment is made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER with 30 days written notice to each other additional insured to whom a certifi- cate of insurance has been issued. B. OWNER shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance or additional property insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured. C. All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained in accordance with paragraph 5.06 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions in accordance with paragraph 5.07. D. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance specified in this paragraph 5.06 to protect the interests of CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, or others in the Work to the extent of any deductible amounts that are identified in the Supplementary Conditions. The risk of loss within such identified deductible amount will be borne by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, or others suffering any such loss, and if any of them wishes property insurance coverage within the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchaser's own expense. E. If CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance policies provided under paragraph 5.06, OWNER shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to CONTRACTOR by .appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. Prior to commencement of the Work at the Site, OWNER shall in writing advise CONTRACTOR whether or not such other insurance has been procured by OWNER. 5.07 Waiver of Rights A. OWNER and CONTRACTOR intend that all policies purchased in accordance with paragraph 5.06 will protect OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S Consultants, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insureds or additional insureds thereunder. OWNER and CONTRAC- TOR waive all rights against each. other and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S Consultants, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplemen- tary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance held by OWNER as trustee or otherwise payable under any policy so issued. B. OWNER waives all rights against CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for: 1. loss due to business interruption, loss of use, or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to OWNER's property or the Work caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other peril whether or not insured by OWNER; and 2. loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other insured peril or cause of loss covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by OWNER during partial utilization pursuant to paragraph 14.05, after Substantial Completion 00700 - 17 n pursuant to paragraph 14.04, or after fmal payment pursuant to paragraph 14.07. C. Any insurance policy maintained by OWNER cover- ing any loss, damage or consequential loss referred to in paragraph 5.07.B shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event. of payment of any such Ioss, damage, or consequential loss, the insurers will have no rights of recovery against CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, or ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them. of such party by the Contract Documents, such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. Without prejudice to any other right or remedy, the other party may elect to obtain equivalent Bonds or insurance to protect such other party's interests at the expense of the party who was required to provide such coverage, and a Change Order shall be issued to adjust the Contract Price accordingly. 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer A. If OWNER fmds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in paragraph 14.05, no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance pursuant to paragraph 5.06 have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorse- ment on the policy or policies, but the property insurance shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds A. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by paragraph 5.06 will be adjusted with OWNER and made payable to OWNER as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph 5.08.B OWNER shall deposit in a separate account any money so received and shall distribute it in accordance with such .agree- ment as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special agreement is reached, the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof, and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. B. OWNER as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest .shall object in writing within 15 days after the occurrence of loss to OWNER's exercise of this power. If such objection be made, OWNER as fiduciary shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no such agreement among the parties in interest is reached, OWNER as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers and, if required in writing by any party in interest, OWNER as fiduciary shall give bond for the proper performance of such duties. 5,09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace A. If either OWNER or CONTRACTOR has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the Bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the other party in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the objecting party shall so notify the other party in writing within 10 days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested) required by paragraph 2.OS.C. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall each provide to the other such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the other may reasonably request. If either party does not purchase or maintain all of the Bonds and insurance required u u 1 ARTICLE 6 -CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES ' 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence A.. CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for the negligence of OWNER or ENGINEER in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. B. At all times during the progress of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall assign a competent resident superin- tendent thereto who shall not be replaced without written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be CONTRACTOR'S representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR. All communications given to or received from the superintendent shall be binding on CONTRACTOR. I] 0 n 0070D - 1 S ' ii 7 ~I~ ii 6.02 Labor; Working Hours A. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out, and construct the Work as required by the Contract Documents.. CON- TRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours, and CONTRACTOR will not permit overtime work or the performance of Work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without OWNER's written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld) given after prior written notice to ENGINEER. 6.0~ Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Unless otherwise specified in the General Re- quirements, CONTRACTOR shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanit~trv facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work. B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All warranties and guarantees specifically called for by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of OWNER. If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Docu- ments . 6.04 Progress Schedule A. CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2.07 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. 1. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for acceptance (to the extent indicated in paragraph 2.07) proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Times (or Milestones). Such adjustments will conform generally to the progress schedule then in effect and additionally will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. 2. Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will change the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Such adjustments may only be made by a Change Order or Written Amendment in accordance with Article 12. 6.05 Substitutes and "Or-Equals" A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in .the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function, appeazance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or "or-equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to ENGINEER for review under the circum- stances described below. 1. "Or-Equal" Items: If in ENGINEER'S sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by ENGINEER as an "or-equal" item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in ENGINEER'S sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute items. For the purposes of this paragraph 6.OS.A.1, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if: a. in the exercise- of reasonable judgment ENGINEER determines that: (i) it is at least equal in quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; (ii) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole, and; b. CONTRACTOR certifies that: (i) there is no increase in cost to the OWNER; and (ii) it will conform substantially, even with deviations, to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. 2. Substitute Items a. If in ENGINEER's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR does not qualify as an "or-equal" item under 00700 - 19 0 paragraph 6.OS.A.1, it will be considered a proposed substitute item. b. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow ENGINEER to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by ENGINEER from anyone other than CONTRACTOR. c. The procedure for review by ENGINEER will be as set forth in paragraph 6.OS.A.2.d, as supplemented in the General Requirements and as ENGINEER may decide is appropriate under the circumstances. d. CONTRACTOR shall first make written application to ENGINEER for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that CONTRACTOR seeks to furnish or use. The application shall certify that the proposed substitute item will perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, be similar in substance to that specified, and be suited to the same use as that specified. The application will state the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will prejudice CONTRACTOR's achievement of Substantial Completion on time, whether or not use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item and whether or not incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. All variations of the pro- posed substitute item from that specified will be identified in the application, and available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services .will be indicated. The application will also contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indi- rectly from -use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change, all of which will be considered by ENGINEER in evaluating the proposed substitute item. ENGINEER may require CON- TRACTOR to furnish additional data about the pro- posed substitute item. required by the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction approved by ENGI- NEER. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to allow ENGINEER, in ENGINEER'S sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The prose- dure for review by ENGINEER will be similar to that provided in subparagraph 6.OS.A.2. C. Engineer's Evaluation: ENGINEER will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to paragraphs 6.OS.A and 6.OS.B. ENGINEER will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or-equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until ENGINEER's review is complete, which will be evidenced by either a Change Order for a substitute or an approved Shop Drawing for an "or equal. " ENGINEER will advise CONTRACTOR in writing of any negative determination. D. Special Guarantee: OWNER may require CON- TRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTOR'S expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. E. ENGINEER'S Cost Reimbursement: ENGINEER will record time required by ENGINEER and ENGINEER'S Consultants in evaluating substitute proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraphs 6.OS.A.2 and 6.OS.B and in making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) occasioned thereby. Whether or not ENGINEER approves a substitute item so proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall reimburse OWNER for the charges of ENGINEER and ENGINEER'S Consultants for evaluating each such proposed substitute. F. CONTRACTOR'S Expense: CONTRACTOR shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or "or-equal" at CONTRACTOR'S expense. 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity (including those acceptable to OWNER as indicated in paragraph 6.06.B}, whether initially or as a replacement, against whom OWNER may have reasonable objection. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection. I~ r B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is shown or indicated in and expressly B. If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or 00700 - 20 0 i_ ii n 0 n J i 0 7 ~~! entities to be submitted to OWNER in advance for acceptance by OWNER by a specified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement, and if CONTRACTOR has submitted a list thereof in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the Bidding Documents or the Contract Documents) of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity so identified may be revoked on the basis of reasonable objection after due investigation. CON- TRACTOR shall submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, and the Contract Price will be adjusted by the differ- ence in the cost occasioned by such replacement, and an appropriate Change Order will be issued or Written Amendment signed. No acceptance by OWNER of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a replacement, shall constitute a waiver of any right of OWNER or ENGINEER to reject defective Work. C. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to OWNER and ENGINEER for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as CONTRACTOR is responsible for CONTRACTOR's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between OWNER or ENGINEER and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of OWNER or ENGINEER to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcon- tractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. D. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR. E. CONTRACTOR shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with ENGI- NEER through CONTRACTOR. F. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. G. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of OWNER and ENGINEER. Whenever any such agreement is with a Subcontractor or Supplier who is listed as an additional insured on the property insurance provided in paragraph 5.06, the agreement between the CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or Supplier will contain provisions whereby the Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights against OWNER, CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (anal the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of less covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the ~L'ork. If the insurers or. aay suc~: policies require separate waiver forms to be signed by any Subcontractor or Supplier, CONTRAC- TOR will obtain the same. 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties A. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of OWNER or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify .and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees or agents, and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 6.08 Permits A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. OWNER shall assist CONTRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such permits 00700 - 21 and licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the Work, and OWNER shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto, such as plant investment fees. 6.09 Laws and Regulations A. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither OWNER nor ENGINEER shall be responsible for monitoring CONTRACTOR'S compliance with any Laws or Regulations. B. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall bear all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work; however, it shall not be CONTRACTOR'S primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of CONTRACTOR'S obligations under paragraph 3.03. C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids) having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work may be the subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. 6.10 Taxes A. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by CONTRAC- TOR in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas 1. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas resulting from the performance of the Work. 2. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 3. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultant, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and. damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against OWNER, ENGINEER, or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon CONTRACTOR'S performance of the Work. B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work CONTRACTOR shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall con- form to applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall clean the Site and make it ready for utilization by OWNER. At the completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances., construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. D. Loading Structures: CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject any part o€ the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.12 Record Documents A. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work 00700 - 22 7 u ii n u L LI n n 7 n n fl Change Directives, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be available to ENGINEER for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, Samples, and Shop Drawings will be delivered to ENGINEER for OWNER. 6.13 Safety and Protection A. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground. Facilities and other utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property. All damage, .injury, or loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6.13.A.2 or 6.13.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by CON- TRACTOR, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Con- sultant, or anyone employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them). CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraph 14.07.B that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). 6.14 Safety Representative A. CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs A. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 6.16 Emergencies A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, CONTRACTOR is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If ENGINEER determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued. , 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples A. CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawings to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals. All submittals will be identified as ENGINEER may require and in the number of copies specified in the General Requirements. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimen- sions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show ENGINEER the services, materials, and equipment CONTRACTOR proposes to provide and to enable ENGINEER to review the information for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.17.E. B. CONTRACTOR shall also submit Samples to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample ~, 00700 - 23 submittals. Each Sample will be identified clearly as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, and the use for which intended and otherwise as ENGINEER may require to enable ENGINEER to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.17.E. The numbers of each Sample to be submitted will be as specified in the Specifications. C. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals acceptable to ENGINEER as required by paragraph 2.07, any related Work performed prior to ENGINEER'S review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of CONTRACTOR. Drawing and Sample submitted to ENGINEER for review and approval of each such variation. D. Submittal Procedures 1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, CONTRACTOR shall have determined and verified: a. all field measurements, quantities, dimen- sions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect thereto; b. all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; c. all information relative to means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construc- tion and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; and d. CONTRACTOR shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Docu- ments . 2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific written indication that CONTRACTOR has satisfied CONTRACTOR'S obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to CONTRACTOR's review and approval of that submittal. 3. At the time of each submittal, CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written com- munication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop E. ENGINEER's Review 1. ENGINEER will timely review and approve Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals acceptable to ENGINEER. ENGINEER'S review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, .conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. ENGINEER'S review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 3. ENGINEER'S review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for any variation from .the require- ments of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in writing called ENGINEER'S attention to each such variation at the time of each submittal as required by paragraph 6.17.D.3 and ENGINEER has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR .from responsibility for complying with the requirements of pazagraph 6.17.D.1. F. Resubmittal Procedures 1. CONTRACTOR shall make corrections required by ENGINEER and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. CON- TRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by ENGI- NEER on previous submittals. 6.18 Continuing the Work J [1 u I LJ r~ A. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere. to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except 00700 - 24 ii i~ as permitted by paragraph 15.04 or as OWNER and CONTRACTOR may otherwise agree in writing. 6.19 CONTRACTOR'S General Warranty and Guarantee A. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to OWNER, ENGINEER, and ENGINEER'S Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. CONTRACTOR'S warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than CONTRACTOR, Sub- contractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible; or 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage B. CONTRACTOR'S obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of CONTRACTOR'S obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. observations by ENGINEER; 2. recommendation by ENGINEER or payment by OWNER of any progress or final payment; 3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion by ENGINEER or any payment related thereto by OWNER; 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by OWNER; 5. any acceptance by OWNER or any failure to do so; 6. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of acceptabil- ity by ENGINEER; 7. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or 8. any correction of defective Work by OWNER. 6.20 Indemnification A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regula- tions, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages. (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss, or damage: i. is attributableto bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom; and 2. is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or omission of an individual or entity indem- nified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such individual or entity. B. In any and all claims against OWNER or ENGINEER or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, partners, or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.20.A shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. C. The indemnification obligations of CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.20.A shall not extend to the liability of ENGINEER and ENGINEER'S Consultants or to the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them arising out of: 1. the preparation or approval of, or the failure to prepare or approve, maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs, or Specifications; or 2. giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, if that is the primary. cause of the injury or damage. 00700 - 25 !] ARTICLE 7 -OTHER WORK 7.01 Related Work at Site A. OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the Site by OWNER's employees, or let other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Con- tract Documents, then: 1. written notice thereof will be given to CON- TRACTOR prior to starting any such other work; and 2. if OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of such other work, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. , B. CONTRACTOR shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract and each utility owner (and OWNER, if OWNER is performing the other work with OWNER's employees) proper and safe access to the Site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly coordinate the Work with theirs. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, CON- TRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of ENGINEER and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR in said direct contracts between OWNER and such utility owners and other contractors. C. If the proper execution or results of any part of CONTRACTOR's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, CONTRACTOR shall inspect such other work and promptly report to ENGINEER in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of CONTRACTOR'S Work. CONTRACTOR'S failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with CONTRACTOR'S Work except for latent defects and deficiencies in such other work. 7.02 Coordination A. If OWNER intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the Site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: 1. the individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors will be identified; 2. the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and 3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER shall .have sole authority and respon- sibility for such coordination. ARTICLE 8 -OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.01 Communications to Contractor A. Except as otherwise provided in these General Condi- tions, OWNER shall issue all communications to CONTRACTOR through ENGINEER. 8.02 Replacement of ENGINEER A. In case of termination of the employment of ENGI- NEER, OWNER shall appoint an engineer to whom CONTRACTOR makes no reasonable objection, whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former ENGINEER. 8.03 Furnish Data A. OWNER shall promptly furnish the data required of OWNER under the Contract Documents. 8.04 Pay Promptly When Due A. OWNER shall make payments to CONTRACTOR promptly when they are due as provided in paragraphs 14.02.C and 14.07.C. 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests A. OWNER'S duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to OWNER's identifying and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations 00700 - 26 u n r i~ i~ i~ i~ i~ II 1 0 and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical ARTICLE 9 -ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface CONSTRUCTION structures at or contiguous to the Site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents. 8.06 Insurance A. OWNER's responsibilities, if any, in respect to pur- chasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in Article 5. 8.07 Change Orders A. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in paragraph 10.03. 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals A. OWNER's responsibility in respect to certain inspec- tions, tests, and approvals is set forth in paragraph 13.03.B. 8.09 Limitations on OWNER'S Responsibilities A. The OWNER shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, CONTRACTOR'S means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CON- TRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OWNER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR'S failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. OWNER'S responsibility in respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in paragraph 4.06. 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements A. If and to the extent OWNER has agreed to furnish CONTRACTOR reasonable evidence that fmancial arrangements have been made to satisfy OWNER'S obligations under the Contract Documents, OWNER'S responsibility in respect thereof will be as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. 9.01 OWNER'S Representative A. ENGINEER will be OWNER's representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of ENGINEER as OWNER's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and will not be changed without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER. 9.02 Visits to Site A. ENGINEER will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as ENGINEER deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of CONTRACTOR'S executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, ENGINEER, for the benefit of OWNER, will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. ENGINEER'S efforts will be directed toward providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and observations, ENGINEER will keep OWNER informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard OWNER against defective Work. B. ENGINEER's visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on ENGINEER's authority and responsibility set forth in paragraph 9.10, and particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of ENGINEER's visits or observations of CONTRACTOR's Work ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR'S means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. 9.03 Project Representative A. If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist ENGINEER in providing more extensive observation of the Work. The responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in paragraph 9.10 and in the Supplementary Conditions. If OWNER designates another 00700 - 27 n representative or agent to represent OWNER at the Site who is not ENGINEER'S Consultant, agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other individual or entity will be as provided in the Supple- mentary Conditions. B. In connection with ENGINEER'S authority as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12. C. In connection with ENGINEER'S authority as to Applications for Payment, see Article 14. 9.04 Clarifications and Interpretations A. ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the require- ments of the Contract Documents as ENGINEER may deter- mine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If OWNER and CON- TRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be allowed as a result of a written clarification or interpretation, aClaim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. 1 9.05 Authorized Variations in Work A. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on OWNER and also on CONTRACTOR, who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If OWNER and CONTRAC- TOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of a Field Order, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. 9.06 Rejecting Defective Work A. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be defective, or that ENGINEER believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in paragraph 13.04, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. 9.07 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments A. In connection with ENGINEER'S authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see paragraph 6.17. 9.08 Determinations for Unit Price Work A. ENGINEER will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER. will review with CON- TRACTOR the ENGINEER'S preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). ENGINEER's written decision thereon will be final and binding (except as modified by ENGINEER to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data) upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, subject to the provisions of paragraph 10.05. 9.09 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work, the quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work, the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance of the Work, and Claims seeking changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times will be referred initially to ENGINEER in writing, in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 10.05, with a request for a formal decision. B. When functioning as interpreter and judge under this paragraph 9.09, ENGINEER will not show partiality to OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or .decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision. by ENGINEER pursuant to this paragraph 9.09 with respect to any such Claim, dispute, or other matter (except any which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided in paragraph 14.07) will be a condition precedent to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such Claim, dispute, or other matter. 9.10 Limitations on ENGINEER'S Authority and Respon- sibilities A. Neither ENGINEER'S authority or responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by ENGINEER in good faith either to exercise or not .exercise such authority 00700 - 28 u !J i ~ _i or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or performance of any authority or responsibility by ENGINEER shall create, impose, or give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed by ENGINEER to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. B. ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR'S means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the yt'ork. ENGINEER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR'S failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. ENGINEER will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of CO:tiTRACTOR or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier. or of any other individual or entity performing any of the Work. D. ENGINEER'S review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all mainte- nance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and approvals, and other documentation required to be delivered by paragraph 14.07.A wIll only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of cenificates of inspections, tests, and approvals that the results certified indicate. compliance with, the Contract Documents. E. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph 9.10 shall also apply to ENGINEER'S Consultants, Resident Project Representative, and assistants. ARTICLE 10 -CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work A. Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). B. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to, or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in paragraph 3.04, except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.16 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.04.B. 10.03 Execution of Change Orders A. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute appropriate Change Orders recommended by ENGINEER (or Written Amendments) covering: 1. changes in the Work which are: (i) ordered by OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10.O1.A, (ii) required because of acceptance of defective Work under para- graph 13.08.A or OWNER's correction of defective Work under paragraph 13.09, or (iii) agreed to by the parties; 2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties, including. any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; and 3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 10.05; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in paragraph 6.18.A. 10.04 Notification to Suret)~ A. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be CONTRACTOR'S responsibility. The amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any such change. 00700 - 29 10.05 Claims and Disputes A. Notice.• Written notice stating the general nature of each Claim, dispute, or other matter shall be delivered by the claimant to ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto. Notice of the amount or extent of the Claim, dispute, or other matter with supporting data shall be delivered to the ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract within 60 days after the start of such event (unless ENGINEER allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Claim, dispute, or other matter). A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 12.O1.B. A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 12.02.B. Each Claim shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the adjust- ment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant believes it is entitled as a result of said event. The opposing party shall submit any response to ENGINEER and the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless ENGINEER allows additional time). B. ENGINEER'S Decision: ENGINEER will render a formal decision in writing within 30 days after receipt of the last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing. party, if any. ENGINEER'S written decision on such Claim, dispute, or other matter will be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR unless: 1. an appeal from ENGINEER'S decision is taken within the time limits and in accordance with the dispute resolution procedures set forth in Article 16; or 2. if no such .dispute resolution procedures have been set forth in Article 16, a written notice of intention to appeal from ENGINEER's written decision is delivered by OWNER or CONTRACTOR to the other and to ENGINEER within 30 days after the date of such decision, and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction within 60 days after the date of such decision or within 60 days after Substantial Completion, whichever is later (unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and CONTRACTOR), to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such Claim, dispute, or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. C. If ENGINEER does not render a formal decision in writing within the time stated in paragraph 10.O5.B, a decision denying the Claim in its entirety shall be deemed to have been issued 31 days after receipt of the last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing party, if any. D. No Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph 10.05. ARTICLE 11 -COST OF THE WORK; CASH ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 11.01 Cost of the Work A. Costs Included.• The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by CON- TRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, the costs to be reimbursed to CONTRACTOR will be only those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the Claim. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items, and shall not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.O1.B. 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Such employees shall include without limitation superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time at the Site. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security contributions, unem- ployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by - OWNER. 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to OWNER. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to OWNER, and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. ' 00700 - 30 I~ u 0 n 1 !I u 3. Payments made by CONTRACTOR to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to OWNER, who will then determine, with the advice of ENGINEER, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as CONTRACTOR's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this paragraph 11.01. 4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 5. Supplemental costs including the following a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of CONTRACTOR'S employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. b. Cost, including transportation and mai.~tte- rance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facili- ties at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of CONTRACTOR. c. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented from CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by OWNER with the advice of ENGINEER, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, ma- chinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which CON- TRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and Regu- lations. e. Deposits lost for causes other than negli- gence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of'them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. f. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by CONTRACTOR in connection with the perfor- mance of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established in accordance with paragraph ~.06.D), provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes other than the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subconuactor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the «~ritten consent and approval of OWNER. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining CONTRACTOR'S fee. g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. h. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the Site, expressage, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. i. When the Cost of the Work is used to determine the value of a Change Order or of a Claim, the cost of premiums for additional Bonds and insurance required because of the changes in the Work or caused by the event giving rise to the Claim. j. When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, the costs of premiums for all Bonds and insurance CONTRACTOR is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain. B. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of CONTRACTOR's officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general manag- ers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, audi- tors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by CONTRACTOR, whether at the Site or in CONTRACTOR'S principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in paragraph 11.O1.A.1 or specifically covered by paragraph 11.O1.A.4, all'of which are to be ' 00700 - 31 i~ considered administrative costs covered by the CONTRACTOR'S fee. 2. .Expenses of CONTRACTOR'S principal and branch offices other than CONTRACTOR'S office at the Site. 3. Any part of CONTRACTOR'S capital expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR'S capital employed for the Work and charges against CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in paragraphs 11.O1.A and 11.O1.B. C. CONIRACTOR's Fee: When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, CONTRACTOR'S fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, CONTRACTOR'S fee shall be determined as set forth in paragraph 12.0 i . C. D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any. purpose is to be determined pursuant to paragraphs 11.O1.A and 11.O1.B, CONTRACTOR will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to ENGINEER an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. 11.02 Cash Allowances A. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums as may be acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR agrees that: 1. the allowances include the cost to CONTRAC- TOR (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and 2. CONTRACTOR'S costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the allow- 00700 - 32 2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect any other item of Work; and 3. if CONTRACTOR believes that CONTRACTOR is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or OWNER believes that OWNER is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. 'J I~ 0 n ~I i~ ances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. B. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.03 Unit Price Work A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agree- ment. The estunated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for .the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR will be made by ENGINEER subject to the provisions of paragraph 9.08. B. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover CONTRACTOR'S overhead and profit for each separately identified item. C. OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with paragraph 10.05 if: 1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and II II II J ARTICLE 12 -CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES. 12.01 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the Claim to the ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract in accor- dance with the provisions of paragraph 10.05. B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: 1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by applica- tion of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.03 ); or 2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with paragraph 12.O1.C.2); or 3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agree- ment to a lump sum is not reached under paragraph 12.O1.B.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in paragraph 11.01) plus a CONTRACTOR's fee for overhead and profit (deter- mined as provided in paragraph 12.O1.C). C. CONTRACTOR'S Fee: The CONTRACTOR'S fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. for costs incurred under paragraphs 11.O1.A.1 and 11.O1.A.2, the CONTRACTOR'S fee shall be 15 percent; b. for costs incurred under paragraph 11.O1.A.3, the CONTRACTOR'S fee shall be five percent; c. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of paragraph 12.O1.C.2.a is that the Subcontractor who actually performs the Work, at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under paragraphs 11.O1.A.1 and 11.01. A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and CONTRACTOR will each be paid a fee of five percent of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor; d. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under paragraphs 11.O1.A.4, 11.O1.A.5, and 11.O1.B; e. the amount of credit to be allowed by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any chi^.Qe which results in a net decrease in cost will be tie amount of the acn:ai net decrease in cost plus a deduction in CONTRACTOR's fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease; and f. when both additions and cr-edits are in- volved in any one change, the adjustment in CONTRACTOR'S fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with para- graphs 12.O1.C.2.a through 12.O1.C.2.e, inclu- sive. 12.02 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the claim to the ENGINEER and the -other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 10.05. B. Any adjustment of the Contract Tirnes (or Milestones) covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Article 12. 12.03 Delays Beyond CONTRACTOR'S Control A. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of CONTRACTOR, the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a Claim is made therefor as provided in paragraph 12.02.A. Delays beyond the control of CONTRACTOR shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by OWNER, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by ' 00700 - 33 Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God. 12.04 Delays Within CONTRACTOR'S Control A. The Contract Times (or Milestones) will not be extended due to delays within the control of CONTRACTOR. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of CONTRACTOR. 12.05 Delays Beyond OWNER'S and CONTRACTOR'S Control A. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from complet- ing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both OWNER and CONTRACTOR, an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be CONTRACTOR'S sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. 12.06 Delay Damages A. In no event shall OWNER or ENGINEER be liable to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any other person or organization, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages azising out of or resulting from: 1. delays caused by or within the control of CON- TRACTOR; or 2. delays beyond the control of both OWNER and CONTRACTOR including but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, or acts or neglect by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7. B. Nothing in this paragraph. 12.06 bars a change in Contract Price pursuant to this Article 12 to compensate CONTRACTOR due to delay, interference, or disruption directly attributable to actions or inactions of OWNER or anyone for whom OWNER is responsible. ARTICLE 13 -TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.01 Notice of Defects A. Prompt notice of all defective Work of which OWNER or ENGINEER has actual knowledge will be given to CONTRACTOR. All defective Work may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13. 13.02 Access to Work A. OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S Consultants, other representatives and personnel of OWNER, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspecting, and testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of CONTRACTOR'S Site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 13.03 Tests and Inspections A. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. B. OWNER shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: 1. for inspections, tests, or approvals covered by paragraphs 13.03.C and 13.03.D below; 2. that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph 13.04.B shall be paid as provided in said pazagraph 13.04.B; and 3. as otherwise specifically provided in the Con- tract Documents. C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish ENGINEER the required certificates of inspection or approval. D. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests, or approvals required for OWNER'S and ENGINEER's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to CONTRACTOR'S purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections, tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER. 00700 - 34 1 J !J C~ 0 fl E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by CONTRACTOR without written concurrence of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation. F. Uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.03.E shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense unless CON- TRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of CONTRACTOR's intention to cover the same and ENGI- NEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.04 Uncovering Work A. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of ENGINEER, it .must, if requested by ENGIN~.ER, be uncovered for ENGINEER'S observation and replaced at CONTRACTOR's expense. B. If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by ENGINEER or inspected or tested by others, CONTRACTOR, at ENGINEER'S request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as ENGINEER may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material, and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones), or both, directly attribut- able to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. 13.05 OWNER May Stop the Work A. If the Work is defective, or CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right~of OWNER to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work A. CONTRACTOR shall correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by ENGINEER, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and aIl court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.07 Correction Period A. If within one year after the .date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for CONTRACTOR'S use by OWNER or permitted by Laws and Regulations as contemplated in paragraph 6.11.A is found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER'S written instructions: (i) repair such defective land or areas, or (ii) correct such defective Work or, if the defective Work has been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and (iii) satisfac- torily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom. If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced, and all Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by CONTRACTOR. B. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all. the Work, the correction period for that 00700 - 35 item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. C. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this paragraph 13.07, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. D. CONTRACTOR'S obligations under this paragraph 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. The provisions of this paragraph 13.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior to ENGINEER'S recommendation of final payment, ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so. CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and .other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to OWNER'S evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by ENGINEER as to reasonableness) and the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by CONTRACTOR pursuant to this sentence. If any such acceptance occurs prior to ENGINEER'S recommendation of fmal payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof,- OWNER may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, anappropriate amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. 13.09 OWNER May Correct Defective Work A. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after written notice from ENGINEER to correct defective Work or to remove and replace-rejected Work as required by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 13.06.A, or if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, OWNER may, after seven days written notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph, OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, take possession of CONTRACTOR'S tools, appliances, con- struction equipment and machinery at the Site, and incorpo- rate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but. which are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER, OWNER's representatives, agents and employees, OWNER's other contractors, and ENGINEER and ENGINEER'S Consultants access to the Site to enable OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. C. All Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges. of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by OWNER in exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph 13.09 will be charged against CON- TRACTOR, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of the adjustment, OWNER may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. Such claims, costs, losses anti damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair, or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of CONTRACTOR'S defective Work. D. CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work amibutable to the exercise by OWNER of OWNER'S rights and remedies under this paragraph 13.09. ARTICLE 14 -PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 14.01 Schedule of Values A. The schedule of values established as provided in paragraph 2.07.A will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to ENGINEER. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 00700 - 36 0 ii fl it !1 0 I ~_ L i~l 14.02 Progress Payments A. Applications for Payments 1. At least 20 days before the date established for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other docu- mentation warranting that OWNER has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect OWNER'S interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to OWNER. 2. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of CONTRACTOR stating that all previous progress payments received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge CONTRACTOR's legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment. 3. The amount of retainage with respect to pro- gress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. B. Review of Applications 1. ENGINEER will, within 10 days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER or return the Application to CONTRACTOR indicating in writing ENGINEER'S reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case,. CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 2. ENGINEER'S recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by ENGINEER to OWNER, based on ENGINEER's observations on the Site of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design profession- al and on ENGINEER'S review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of ENGINEER's knowledge, information and belief: 00700 - 37 a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated; b. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a fmal determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under paragraph 9.08, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation); and c. the conditions precedent to CONTRACTOR'S being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is ENGINEER'S responsibility to observe the Work. 3. By recommending any- such payment ENGI- NEER will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: (i) inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents; or (ii) that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or entitle OWNER to withhold payment to CONTRACTOR. 4. Neither ENGINEER's review of CONTRACTOR'S Work for the purposes of recom- mending payments nor ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment, including final payment, will impose responsibility on ENGINEER to supervise, direct, or control the Work or for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident. thereto, or for CON- TRACTOR'S failure to comply with Laws and Regu- lations applicable to CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. Additionally, said review or recommendation will not impose responsibility on ENGINEER to make any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes CONTRACTOR has used the moneys paid on account of the Contract Price, or to determine that title to any of the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to OWNER free and clear of any Liens. 5. ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in ENGINEER'S opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representa- tions to OWNER referred to in paragraph 14.02.B.2. ENGINEER may also refuse to recommend any such payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, revise or revoke any such payment recommendation previously made, to such extent as may be necessary in ENGINEER'S opinion to protect OWNER from loss because: a. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged, requiring correction or replace- ment; b. the Contract Price has been reduced by Written Amendment or Change Orders; c. OWNER has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with paragraph 13.09; or d. ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in para- graph 15.02.A. 4'' C. Payment Becomes Due 1. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to OWNER with ENGINEER'S recom- mendation, the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions of paragraph 14.02.D) become due, and when due will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR. D. Reduction in Payment 1. OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by ENGINEER because: a. claims have been made against OWNER on account of CONTRACTOR'S performance or fur- nishing of the Work; b. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where CONTRACTOR has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to OWNER to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; c. there are other items entitling OWNER to a set-off against the amount recommended; or d. OWNER has actual knowledge of the occur- rence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 14.02.B.S.a through 14.02.B.S.c or paragraph 15.02.A. 2. If OWNER refuses to make payment of the full amount recommended by ENGINEER, OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate written notice (with a copy to ENGINEER) stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay CONTRACTOR any amount remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. OWNER shall promptly pay CONTRACTOR the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by OWNER and CONTRACTOR, when CONTRAC- TOR corrects to OWNER'S satisfaction the reasons for such action. 3. If it is subsequently determined that OWNER's refusal of payment was not justified, the amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as determined by paragraph 14.02.C.1. 14.03 CONTRACTOR'S Warranty of Title A. CONTRACTOR warrants and. guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. 14.04 Substantial Completion A. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify. OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that ENGINEER issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Promptly thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before fmal payment. OWNER shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to ENGINEER as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections, ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, ENGINEER will within 14 days after submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of OWNER'S objections,- ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will within said 14 days execute and deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as ENGINEER believes justified after consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Comple- tion ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRAC- TOR awritten recommendation as to division of responsibili- 00700 - 38 u n it V C L I~ 0 0 ~~ jl J ~I U '~~ ties pending final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, and protection of the Work, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance, and warranties and guarantees. Unless OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform ENGINEER in writing prior to ENGINEER'S issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, ENGINEER'S aforesaid recommendation will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR until final payment. B. OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Site after the date of Substantial Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. 14.0 Partial Utilization A. Use by OWNER at OWNER'S option of any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which OWNER, ENGINEER, and CONTRACTOR agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by OWNER for its intended purpose without significant interference with CONTRACTOR'S performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work subject to the following conditions. 1. OWNER at any time may request CON- TRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any such part of the Work which OWNER believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If CONTRACTOR agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, CONTRACTOR will certify to OWNER and ENGINEER that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. CONTRACTOR at any time may notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that CONTRACTOR considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of paragraph 14.04 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect tliereof .and access thereto. 2. No occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of paragraph 5.10 regarding property insurance. 14.06 Finallnspection A. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, ENGINEER will promptly make a final inspection with OWNER and CONTRACTOR and will notify CON- TRACTOR in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.07 Final Payment A. Application for Payment 1. After CONTRACTOR has, in the opinion of ENGINEER, satisfactorily completed all corrections identified during the final inspection and has delivered, in accordance with the Contract Documents, all main- tenance and operating instructions, schedules, guaran- tees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance certificates of inspection, marked-up record documents (as provided in paragraph 6.12), and other documents, CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. 2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by subparagraph 5.04.B.7; (ii) consent of the surety, if any, to final payment; and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to OWNER) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work. 3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens specified in paragraph 14.07.A.2 and as approved by OWNER, CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of CONTRACTOR that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material, and equipment for which a Lien could be filed; and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which OWNER or OWNER'S property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, CONTRACTOR may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against any Lien. ' 00700 - 39 B. Review of Application and Acceptance 1. If, on the basis of ENGINEER'S observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and ENGINEER's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, ENGINEER is satisfied that the Work has been completed and CONTRACTOR'S other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing ENGINEER'S recommendation of payment and present the Application for Payment to OWNER for pay- ment. At the same time ENGINEER will also give written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of pazagraph 14.09. Otherwise, ENGINEER will return the Application for Payment to CONTRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case CON- TRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment. C. Payment Becomes Due 1. Thirty days after the presentation to OWNER of the Application for Payment and accompanying docu- mentation, the amount recommended by ENGINEER will become due and, when due, will be paid by OWN- ER to CONTRACTOR. 14.08 Final Completion Delayed A. If, through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if ENGINEER so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of CONTRACTOR'S final Application for Payment and recommendation of ENGINEER, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph 5.01, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by CON- TRACTOR to ENGINEER with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims. 14.09 Waiver of Claims A. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: 1. a waiver of all Claims by OWNER against CONTRACTOR, except Claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to pazagraph 14.06, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees .specified therein, or from CONTRACTOR'S continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and 2. a waiver of ail Claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than those previously made in writing which are still unsettled. ARTICLE 15 -SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.01 OWNER May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, OWNER may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days by notice in writing to CON- TRACTOR and ENGINEER which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if CONTRACTOR makes a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. 15.02 OWNER May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events will justify termination for cause: 1. CONTRACTOR'S persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule established under paragraph 2.07 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to pazagraph 6.04); 2. CONTRACTOR'S disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 3. CONTRACTOR'S disregard of the authority of ENGINEER; or 4. CONTRACTOR'S violation in any substantial way of any provisions of the Contract Documents. B. If one or more of the events identified in paragraph 15.02.A occur, OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR (and the surety, if any) seven days written notice, terminate 00700 - 40 i~ 0 I~~ ~1 II~~~ [1 n 0 ul C~ the services of CONTRACTOR, exclude CONTRACTOR from the Site, and take possession of the Work and of all CONTRACTOR'S tools, appliances, construction equipment, and machinery at the Site, and use the same to the full extent they could be used by CONTRACTOR (without liability to CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and fuush the Work as OWNER may deem expedient. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by OWNER arising out of or relating to completing the Work, such excess will be paid to CONTRACTOR. If such claims, costs, losses, and damages eFCeed such unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER. Such claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by OWNER will be reviewed by ENGINEER as to their reasonableness and, when so approved by ENGINEER, incorporated in a Change Order. When exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. C. Where CONTRACTOR'S services have been so terminated by OWNER, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of OWNER against CONTRACTOR then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due CONTRACTOR by OWNER will not release CONTRACTOR from liability. 1.5.03 OWNER May Terminate For Convenience A. Upon seven days written notice to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER, OWNER may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of OWNER, elect to terminate the Contract. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication of any items): 1. for completed and acceptable Work executed in ' accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; n 2. for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; 3. for all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, azchitects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers, and others; and 4. for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. B. CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.04 CONTRACTOR ,~1m~ Stop Work or Terminate A. If, through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the ~i~'ork is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days by OWNER or under an order of court or other public authority, or ENGINEER fails to act on any Application for Payment w} ^i.Tl 30 days after it is submitted, or OWNER fails for 30 days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, then CONTRACTOR may, upon seven days written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER, and provided OWNER or ENGINEER do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Contract and recover from OWNER payment on the same terms as provided in paragraph 15.03. In lieu of terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if ENGI- NEER has failed to act on an Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or OWNER has failed for 30 days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, CONTRACTOR may, seven days after written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER, stop the Work until payment is made of all such amounts due CONTRACTOR, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 15.04 are not intended to preclude CONTRACTOR from making a Claim under paragraph 10.05 for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to CONTRACTOR'S stopping the Work as permitted by this paragraph. ARTICLE 16 -DISPUTE RESOLUTION 16.01 Methods and Procedures A. Dispute resolution methods and procedures, if any, shall be as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. If no method and procedure has been set forth, and subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.09 and 10.05, OWNER and CONTRACTOR may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute. 00700 - 41' 0 ARTICLE 17 -MISCELLANEOUS , 17.01 Giving Notice ' A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to , have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent , by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.02 Computation of Times A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude ' the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. 17.03 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special , warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, ' obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. 17.04 Survival of Obligations , A. All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing , obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Agreement. , 17.05 Controlling Law A. This Contract is to be governed by the law of the ' state in which the Project is located. 007Q0 -,,42 t SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 General 2.0 Defined Terms (GC-1) 3.0 Contract~Bonds, Workmen's Compensation and Insurance (GC-5) 4.0 "Or Equal" Equipment (GC-6.7) 5.0 Subcontractors and Suppliers (GC-6.8) 6.0 Separate Contractor Claims (GC-7.5) 7.0 Engineer's Status During Performance of the Work (GC-9) 8.0 Correction Period (GC-13.12) 9.0 Unit Price Work (GC-11.9) 10.0 Application for Progress Payment (GC-14.2). ..11..0 Lien Waivers (GC-14.2) 12.0 .State of MN Withholding Requirements (GC-14.12) 13.0 Arbitration (GC-16) 14.0 Failure to Complete Work on Time SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 1.0 GENERAL These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the. .Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (EJCDC No. 1910-8, 1990 edition) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions which are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect. The reference in parenthesis for each item in these Supplementary Conditions .corresponds to the relevant section of the General Conditions which is modified by the Supplementary Conditions. 2.O DEFINED TERMS. (GC-1) The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions which are defined in the Standard Conditions of the Construction Contract (No. 1910-8, 1990 edition) have the meanings. assigned to them in the General Conditions. Completion Date(s): Shall be the date(s) stated in the Special Provisions for the completion of the work. 3.0 CONTRACT BONDS, WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION ~ INSURANCE (GC-5) A. Contract Bond (GC-5.1) Prior to signing the contract, the Contractor shall furnish a performance bond and a labor and material payment bond to the Owner and the local municipality for the full amount of the contract, ..based on the lump sum bid on the anticipated quantities and unit prices as determined by the Engineer. This bond shall have a maintenance guarantee for a period of two (2) years from final completion and. acceptance of the work. B. Liability Insurance (GC-5.3) The Contractor shall, as .provided in the General. Conditions, obtain insurance acceptable to the Owner in a company or companies acceptable to the Owner and shall furnish copies of all certificates of insurance to the Owner at the. time he executes the Contract. The Contractor shall not commence work nor shall he allow his employees or subcontractors or anyone to commence work until all required insurance has been obtained and certificates of insurance submitted to the Owner. The. Contractor shall take out and maintain at .all times during the. entire period of performance and until the work is accepted Supp. 1 By the .Owner under this contract the required policies of insurance. The limits of liability for the insurance required by paragraph 5.3 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the amounts stated in the purchase order terms and conditions or greater where required by laws and regulations. (1) Worker's Compensation, etc., under paragraphs 5.3.1 and 5.3.2 of the General Conditions: - State: Statutory - Applicable Federal (e.g. Longshoreman's): Statutory - Employer's Liability: $100,000 (2) Comprehensive General Liability under paragraphs 5.3.3. through 5.3.6 of the General Conditions: - Bodily Injury (including products' liability):. $250,000 $500,000 completed operations and Each Occurrence Annual Aggregate - Property Damage: $250,000 Each Occurrence $500,000 .Annual Aggregate or combined single limit of $1,000,000 - .Property Damage Liability insurance will provide explosion, collapse and underground coverages where applicable. - Personal Injury, with employment exclusion deleted: $500,000 Annual Aggregate (3) Comprehensive Automobile Liability under paragraphs 5.3.7 of .the General Conditions: - Bodily Injury: $250,000 $500,000 - Property Damage: $250,000 Each Person Each Occurrence Each Occurrence or combined single limit of $1,000,000 C. Contractual Liabilit Insurance (GC-5 4) The Contractual Liability required by paragraph 5.4 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts: Supp. 2 - B I r odily n}u y• $500,000 Each Occurrence - Property Damage: $.250,000 Each Occurrence $50D,000 Annual Aggregate D. Owner's Liability Insurance (G C-5.5) The Owner and Meyer-Roblin, Inc. shall be named and listed as additional insureds on the Contractor's general liability ' policy. The inclusion of more than one named insured shall not operate to impair the rights of one insured against. another. insured, and the coverages afforded shall apply as though separate policies had been issued to each insured. E. "All-Risk" Property Insurance (GC-5.6) 1 Delete paragraph 5.6 of the General conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: " ' Contractor shall purchase and maintain until final payment property insurance upon the work at the site to the full insurable value thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as ' may be provided in these Supplementary Conditions or required by laws and regulations). This insurance shall include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer and Engineer's consultants in the work (all of whom shall be ' listed as insureds or additional insured parties), shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage, shall include "all-risk" insurance for physical loss and damage including theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, collapse and water damage, and such other perils as may be provided in these Supplementary Conditions, and shall include damages, ' .losses and expenses arising out of or resulting from any insured loss or incurred in .the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other profes- sionals). If not covered under. the. "all-risk" insurance or otherwise provided in these Supplementary Conditions, Contrac- tor shall purchase .and maintain similar property insurance on ..portions of the work stored on, and off ..the site or in transit when such portions of the .work are to be included in an .application for payment. The policies of insurance required to be purchased and maintained by Contractor in accordance with ' this .paragraph 5.6 shall comply with the requirements of GC-5.8." F. Boiler and Machinery Insurance GC-5.7) Delete paragraph 5.7 of the General Conditions in its entirety ' and insert the following in its place: "Contractor .shall purchase and maintain. such boiler and S upp . 3 ' machinery insurance or additional property insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include. the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer and Engineer's consul- tants in the work, all of whom shall be listed as insured or additional insured parties. All responsibility for the safety of the work involving any steam boiler or any machinery., including the steam boiler and machinery itself, shall remain with the Contractor on that part of the work, and shall so remain until after testing of the equipment has shown it to be acceptable to the Owner's boiler and machinery insurer, if any, and after such work has been accepted in writing by the Owner. " 1 G. Receipt and ~lication of Pro Insurance Proceeds (GC-5.12 and GC-5.13) If Contractor is required to purchase property insurance, then ' any insured loss will be adjusted with Contractor and payable to Contractor. ' H. Certificates of Insurance .Certificates and endorsements of all required insurance policies thereof shall be submitted prior to commencing the work. Proof of insurance shall be submitted directly to the ' Owner for review and approval with a record copy only to the Engineer for his files. The Contractor shall not begin any work until the Owner has reviewed and .approved the Insurance Certificate.. If the Insurance Agent executing the Insurance Certificate indicates that there are special limitations on the insurance policy, then a copy of policy exclusions must be ' submitted with the Insurance Certificate. Insurance policies .need not be submitted unless specifically requested by the Owner . 4.0 "OR EQUAL" EQUIPMENT (GC-6.7) Major- items of mechanical equipment, electrical equipment, and ' process equipment have been specified by name followed by the words "or equal". In all cases the dimensions shown on the plans are based on the named equipment. ' It shall be fully. acknowledged and understood that the furnishing and installing of any "or equal" equipment shall include the preparation and submission of all details, shop and construction ' drawings showing all modifications necessary to accommodate such equipment. ' It shall be further acknowledged and understood that if any "or equal" is bid., the bid shall include all costs necessary to make any and all architectural, structural, mechanical and electrical changes required to incorporate such equipment into the project. No extras will be allowed after the award of the Contract for any modifications required to install or properly operate "or equal" ' equipment. ' Supp . 4 All "or equal" equipment shall conform to the requirements of the ' respective parts and sections of the plans and specifications. Guarantees shall also conform to the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall pay for all redesign costs associated with the retrofitting required for the installation :and use of "or ' equal" equipment. 5.0 SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS (GC-6.8) Refer to the Instructions to Bidders and the Special Provisions for any further requirements regarding subcontractor and supplier approval. ' 6.0 SEPARATE CONTRACTOR CLAIMS (New Section GC-7.5) Should Contractor cause damage to the work or property of any ' separate contractor at the site, or should any claim arising out of Contractor's performance of the work at the site be made by any separate contractor against Contractor, Owner, Engineer, the 1 Construction. Coordinator or any other person, Contractor shall promptly attempt to settle with such other contractor by agreement, or to otherwise resolve the dispute by arbitration or ' at law.. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by laws and. regulations, indemnify and hold Owner, Engineer-and the Construction Coordinator harmless from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including, but not limited to, fees of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and court and arbitration costs) arising directly,. indirectly or consequentially out of any action, legal or equitable, brought by ' .any separate contractor against Owner, Engineer or the Construc- tion Coordinator to the extent based on a claim arising out of .Contractor's performance of the work. Should a separate contractor cause damage to the work or property of Contractor or should the performance of work by any separate contractor at the site .give rise to any other claim, Contractor shall not institute any action, legal or equitable, against Owner, Engineer or the t Construction Coordinator or permit any action against any of them- to be maintained and continued in its name or for its benefit in any-court or before any arbiter which seeks to impose liability on ' or to recover damages from Owner, Engineer or the Construction Coordinator on account of any such damage or claim. If Contractor is delayed at any time in performing or furnishing work by any act or neglect of a separate contractor and Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent of any adjustment in contract time attributable thereto, Contractor may make a claim for an extension of time in accordance with Article 12 of the General ' Conditions. An extension of the contract time shall be Contrac- tor's exclusive remedy with .respect to Owner, Engineer an~i Construction Coordinator for any delay, disruption, interference or hinderance caused by any separate contractor. This paragraph does not prevent.. recovery from Owner, Engineer or Construction Coordinator for activities .that are their respective responsibili- ties. ' Supp. 5 ' 7.0 ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK (GC-9) This section is a supplement to Article 9--Engineer's Status During Construction of the General. Conditions. ' ' A. Owner s Consultant The Engineer, as the design professional, will be the. Owner's consultant during the performance of the work. The duties and ' responsibilities and. the limitations of authority of the Engineer as the Owner's consultant during. this period are set ' forth in these .Contract Documents and will not be extended without written consent of the Owner and the Engineer. In the event of an extension of the Engineer's duties and responsi- bilities, the Contractor will be provided with written notice ' of such amendment. B. Role as Interpreter The Engineer will be the .initial interpreter of the terms and ' conditions of the Contract Documents and the judge of the performance thereunder. All matters .relating to the execution ' and progress of the work, or the interpretation of or performance under the. Contract Documents, shall be referred initially to the Engineer for decision which will be rendered promptly. ' The Engineer will issue such written interpretation of the Contract Documents (in the form of drawings or otherwise) as he may determine necessary which will be .consistent with or ' reasonably inferable from the overall intent of the Contract Documents. ' C. Communications with Contractor All communications with the Contractor pertaining to perfor- mance of the work will normally be issued through the Engineer. ' D. Resident Project Inspector The Resident Project Inspector will be either the Engineer or ' the Engineer's agent, as so designated. The Resident Project Inspector is responsible for assisting the Project En ineer in g determining, in general, if the work is completed in accordance with the plans and specifications and Contract Documents. i i t Commun cat ons pertaining to compliance submi tals, written interpretations, and amendments shall be directed to the Engineer at his home office with copies to the Resident Project ' Inspector. ' Communications .pertaining to day.-to-day operations at the site- shall be directed to the Resident Pr t I t . ojec nspec or. E. Authority to Disapprove or Reject Defective Work All equipment and materials used and all work done with at all . times will be subject to the inspection, tests,. and approval of the Engineer or his authorized representatives. ' Supp. b ~i t The Engineer has the authority to disapprove or reject any work which is "defective". He also has the authority to require ' special inspection or testing of the work. The Engineer has the authority to disapprove or reject any ' defective workmanship, equipment or materials. If the work is defective or the Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workmen or suitable equipment or materials, ' the Engineer may order the Contractor to stop the work or any portion. thereof until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of the Engineer to stop the ' work will not give rise to any duty on the part of the Engineer to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other party. s F. Limitations on Engineer's Responsibilities This article states the limitations on the Engineer's responsi- bility as between the Engineer and the Contractor. Neither Engineer's authority to act under. these Contract Documents nor any decision made by him in good faith either to ' exercise or not exercise such authority will give. rise to any duty-or responsibility of the Engineer to the Contractor, any Subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer, any of their agents or employees,. or any other person performing any of the work. ' The Engineer is not responsible for construction, safety precautions, and programs incidental. thereto. Neither is he ' responsible for the Contractor's failure to .perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Engineer.. is not responsible. for. the acts or omissions of ' any Contractor or any Subcontractor, Contractor's supplier. or manufacturer, or any of his or their agents or employees. The presence or absence of the Engineer or his representative will not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility or of any guarantee of his performance. Neither will observation by the ' Engineer or his. representative in any way be understood- to relieve the Contractor of any responsibility for proper supervision of the work at all times. The review and acceptance of the Contractor's compliance submittals by the Engineer will be understood-to be only for .conformance with the design concept, for compliance with the ' intent of the Contract Documents, and to assist the Contractor in interpreting the Contract Documents, so as to preclude delivery of the equipment or materials not acceptable for the. work. The Engineer's acceptance of compliance submittals will ' not place upon him any responsibility for any deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the Contrac- tor. has in writing called the Engineer's attention to such ' 7 Supp . 1 ' d i ti t ev a on a the time of the submission and the Engineer has given. written concurrence on the specific deviation. Such ' deviations will be included in a contract amendment. G. En ineer's Pa Estimates Any Engineer's pay estimate will constitute a representation by ' the Engineer to the Owner that work has progressed to the extent indicated. To the best of his knowledge, the quality of the work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, and the ' Contractor is entitled to payment of the amount shown in the Engineer's pay estimate. .Rendering the Engineer's pay estimate is not an approval of the ' quality or quantity of the work, the means or methods of construction, or the monetary methods used by the Contractor. The .Engineer may refuse to render an Engineer's pay estimate for the whole or any part of any payment if, in his opinion, it would be an incorrect representation to the Owner. 8.0 CORRECTION PERIOD (GC=13.12) ' The correction period identified in paragraph 13.12 of the General Conditions is hereby amended to call for a two (2) year correction period, which shall commence after completion and acceptance of all the work identified in the plans and specifications. All other ' requirements of paragraph 13.12 shall remain in effect. 9.0 UNIT PRICE WORK (GC-11.9) ' Add the following paragraph: ' "11.9.4 If .the actual quantity of a unit-priced. item varies moire than 15% above or below the estimated nti qua ty, an equitable adjustment in the contract price shall be negotiated upon demand of either the Owner or the Contractor.. The ' equitable adjustment shall be based upon any increase or decrease. in cows due solely to the variation above 115% or below 85°/a of the estimated quantity." 10.0 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT (GC-14.2) ' Change the last sentence to read as follows: " The Owner shall retain five (5%) percent of the amount of each payment until final completion. and acceptance of .all works. covered by the Contract Documents." 11...0 LIEN. WAIVERS (GC-14.2) The Contractor .shall. furnish partial or .complete lien waivers along with each payment request. The lien waivers. shall be ' submitted by the Contractor, all subcontractors, and all material suppliers on the project. No payment will be uth i d h a or ze unless t e lien waivers are received. 1 8 Su Pp. 12.0 STATE OF MINNESOTA WITHHOLDING REQUIREMENTS (GC-14.:12) The Contractor and all subcontractors shall submit State form LC-134, "Withholding Affidavit for Contractors" along with the final payment request. No payment will be authorized unless the IC-134 forms are received. The Contractor shall also be aware of Minnesota Statute 290.9705 regarding out-of=state contractors. Forms may be obtained from the Minnesota Department. of Revenue, ' Busines Trust Tax Division. 13.0 ARBITRATION (GC-16) Add the. following paragraph: 16.6 "The. Contractor will carry. on the work and maintain the progress schedule during any arbitration proceedings, unless otherwise mutually agreed in writing." 14.0. FAILURE TO COMPLETE WORK ON TIME Should the Contractor fail to complete the work on or before the ' original date(s) set forth for completion in paragraph l of the Special. Provisions or on or before the corrected date as granted by extension of time for completion, the Owner may permit the Contractor to proceed, and in such case, there shall be deducted from any monies due or that may become due the Contractor, the sum of $250.0.0 per day for each and every calendar day, exclusive of Sundays and holidays, that the work shall remain uncompleted. This 1 sum shall be considered and treated, not as a penalty, but as the cost of field and office Engineering. and Inspections and Liquidated Damages.. Permitting the Contractor to continue and finish the work or any ~ part of it after the time .fixed for. its completion, or after-date to which. the time of completion may have been extended, shall in no way operate as a waiver. on the part of the Owner, or as a waiver of any of his rights under the contract. Neither by the taking over of the work by the Owner nor by the ' termination of the contract shall. the Owner forfeit the right to recover liquidated damages from the Contractor or his surety for failure to complete the contract. Supp. 9 SPECIAL PROVISIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE 1 1. Project 2. Foreman and Preconstruction Meeting 3. Construction Staking and Observation 4. Construction Limits 5. Utilities Dnr_~ ~ 6. Contractor-Engineer-Inspector Relationship 7. Subcontractors 8. Incidental Items 9. Responsibility 10. Starting Time 11. Permit Requirements 12. Subsurface Exploration 13. Testing D Z, (' F' 2 14. Compaction 15. Water Service 16. Operation of Existing Gate Valves 17. Water for Construction PAGE 4 18. Connections 19. Watermain Construction Materials 20. Sanitary and Storm Sewer Materials 21. Shop Drawings 22. Water Service Group 23. Sanitary Sewer Service Group PAGE 5 24. Bedding 25. Watermain Testing 26. Polyethylene Encasement 27. Method of Measurement - Watermain o~r_~ ti 28. Basis of Payment - Watermain 29. Sanitary Sewer Testing 30. Manhole Castings Dar_~ ~ 31. Compaction Under Services 32. Protection of Existing Utilities 33. Specifications Which Apply 34. Standard Plates 35. Street Construction 36. Manhole Adjusting Rings Dnr_~ R 37. Test Rolling 38. Grading 39. Adjust Existing Subgrade SPECIAL PROVISIONS PROJECT N0.98160 L J r 1. PROJECT The project consists of the installation of watermain, sanitary sewer, storm sewer and streets in Albertville, Minnesota. Work may begin on the Project on or after July 1, 1998. The Contractor shall complete the utilities, including sanitary sewer, watermain, and storm sewer and all street work and restoration, excluding the bituminous wear course, by October 15, 1998. The bituminous wear course shall be paved in the summer of 1999 and shall be completed after July 15, 1999. The Contractor shall be subject to the provisions of Article 14 of the Supplemental conditions for failure to meet these completion dates, as a whole or in part. 2. FOREMAN AND PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING Before work is initiated, a preconstruction meeting shall be held between the Engineer, Contractor, Utility Companies and other involved parties, if any. The Contractor will present to the Engineer an estimated schedule for completion of various portions of the project. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer who the foreman on the project will be. The foreman shall be on the job at all times. The foreman shall be responsible for all phases of the project, including work done by the General Contractor and the subcontractor. Engineering decisions with regard to the work done by subcontractors shall go through the General Contractor and specifically the foreman for the job. 3. CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND OBSERVATION The Contractor shall give the Engineer at least three (3) working days notice for any grade and line stakes or inspection that he requires for proper execution of any phase of the project. The Contractor shall preserve these stakes until the work is completed. Restaking required due to Contractor negligence will be the responsibility of the Contractor. 4. CONSTRUCTION LIMITS The Contractor shall confine his activities to the right-of-way or designated construction area. Equipment and material storage or deposition of excavated materials on private property must be approved in writing by the property owners, a copy of which shall be presented to the Engineer prior to such storage or deposition. Failure to do so will result in immediate suspension of work until such approval has been obtained or materials removed, and area restored to its previous condition or better. 5. UTILITIES The Contractor shall be in communication with the respective utility companies to coordinate their schedule with any location work that is required. 0 u u 7 7 n n 0 0 u u n u u 6. CONTRACTOR-ENGINEER-INSPECTOR RELATIONSHIP The Engineer will not be responsible for the construction means, controls, techniques, sequences, procedures, or construction safety. All phases of the project shall proceed in accordance with OSHA safety requirements. The presence of the Engineer or his agents or employees on the job site shall not relinquish the Contractor of this responsibility or hold the Contractor harmless for the quality of workmanship or defects in materials. 7. SUBCONTRACTORS All subcontractors that the General will use shall be shown on the proposal form. Any other subcontractor will not be allowed without explicit written permission by the Engineer. The General Contractor shall coordinate all work between his subs and the Engineer. The Engineer will not correspond directly with any subcontractor. Any on-site meetings that are held will be conducted only if the General Contractor's foreman is present. 8. INCIDENTAL ITEMS Any and all additional items of work or other items that must be done to fully complete this project shall be incidental to the bid items as bid. 9. RESPONSIBILITY The General Contractor shall be fully responsible for all work that is performed on this project. It is the General Contractor's responsibility to see that all specifications and testing requirements are followed. 10. STARTING TIME The Contractor shall not engage in or permit construction activities involving the use of any kind of electric, diesel, or gas powered machine or other power equipment, except between the hours of 7:00 A.M. and 6:00 P.M. on any weekday with no work on Sundays or legal holidays. 11. PERMIT REQUIREMENTS Permit applications have been submitted to the Joint Powers Water Board, Minnesota Pollution Control Agency and the Minnesota Department of Health in order to minimize any potential delays in the project. The Contractor should therefore contact these agencies to determine if there are any special conditions which may apply. The contractor will be required to comply with all the requirements that these agencies may have. No change orders will be considered for complying with these requirements. 12. SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION Soil borings have been taken on this Project. Soil boring log sheets are as attached to these specifications. It is recommended the Contractor conduct a thorough subsurface exploration to determine the site's condition in addition to the attached soil boring data. 13. TESTING The Owner has contracted with an independent testing firm for density testing. If tests fail, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to pay for retesting those areas following compaction. ii 0 J i n 0 0 u n The contractor shall be responsible for coordinating his schedule with the testing firm and all test results shall be documented with respect to plan stationing, depth and location. Copies of all tests shall be given to the engiheer at a minimum of once every week. 14. COMPACTION The required compaction of all lot grading shall be 95% of the standard proctor density. The required compaction within roadways and driveways shall be 100% of the Standard Proctor Density from finished grade to a point three (3) feet below finished grade and 95% of the Standard Proctor Density from three (3) feet or greater below finished grade. The backfill around and to 12" above the pipe (sanitary sewer, storm sewer and watermain) shall be compacted by hand tampers. The required compaction shall be 95% of Standard Proctor Density. All trenches within roadways shall be compacted to 100% of Standard Proctor Density in the upper three (3) feet of the trench. At the time of the compaction, the moisture content of the backfill soils shall be not less than 75% nor more than 115% of optimum moisture content. The Contractor shall add water or dry the soils until this requirement is met. If moisture content greater than 125% of optimum moisture content is encountered, the Engineer shall revise the compaction requirements to meet the best interests of the Owner. Moisture adjustment of the soils shall be incidental to the pipe installation unit price. All trench areas not conforming with these requirements shall be excavated and recompacted. The Contractor shall supply the Engineer at the time of the preconstruction meeting a list of equipment that will be used for backfilling and compaction operation. The Engineer reserves the right to shut down work on the project if this equipment is not utilized during such backfilling and compaction operations. A maximum 12" lift shall be used. Smaller lifts may be required to obtain the specified density. If 12" lifts are not utilized, the trench will be completely re-excavated and recompacted in order to achieve maximum compaction lifts of 12". The bedding material around all pipes shall be compacted in maximum 6" lifts. 15. WATER SERVICE Prior to the shutoff of any watermain, the Contractor shall notify the Joint Powers Water Board and the affected property owners of his working schedule. The Contractor shall give notice 48 hours in advance of the start of work. The work done during this time shall be done in an efficient manner so that as little inconvenience as possible is caused. The Joint Powers Water Utility will not shut off water service prior to 9:00 A.M. 16. OPERATION OF EXISTING GATE VALVES The Contractor shall not turn any existing gate valves to charge new water main lines. Only the Joint Powers Water Board operator can turn an existing valve. Prior to construction, the Contractor should contact the Joint Powers Water Board clerk to schedule-operation of existing gate valves. It has been the policy of the Board in the past to limit operation of existing gate valves to once a day per project. ' 17. WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION Water for construction purposes may not be taken from any hydrant within the city of St. Michael. Water may be purchased and obtained from the Joint Water Board at the hydrant in front of the Board's pumphouse and office, located at 11100 50th Street Northeast in the city of Albertville. A permit per day must be obtained from the clerk ' of the Joint Powers Water Board after paying the required fee. Water may be obtained from this hydrant only after prior arrangements have been made with the clerk of the Joint Powers Water Board for each day it is to be used. u ' 18. CONNECTIONS ' All connections to existing lines are incidental. Payment will be made based upon the fittings and pipe length used. ' 19. WATERMAIN CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS Refer to Joint Powers Water Board Watermain Construction Requirements attached as part of the Project Specifications. ' 20. SANITARY AND STORM SEWER MATERIALS ' a. All sewer mains and service wyes shall be constructed utilizing PVC, SDR 35 sewer pipe with gasketed joints. All sewer services and fittings shall be constructed utilizing PVC, SDR 26 sewer pipe with gasketed joints. ' All sanitary sewer manhole castings shall be Neenah R-1642, or approved equal, with the type B, self-sealing lid, concealed pickholes and the appropriate name stamped on it: ' b. All RCP storm sewer pipe shall be Class III RCP with rubber gasketed joints. Any joint type other than "O-ring" shall be approved by the Engineer. ' All HDPE storm sewer pipe shall conform to the requirements of MnDOT 2503, as identified in MnDOT Technical Memorandum 91070b01, dated April 2, 1991. All polyethylene pipe 24" in size and smaller shall be provided with watertight gasketed 'joints. All polyethylene pipe greater than 24" in size shall be provided with soil-tight gasketed joints. After the installation of the pipe, it shall be deflection tested in conformance to MnDOT 2503D. The flared end sections for the polyethylene pipe may be constructed of either polyethylene or galvanized steel materials. 21. SHOP DRAWINGS ' The Contractor shall submit shop drawings for manholes and catchbasins approval by the Engineer. A minimum of three copies of each shall be supplied to the Engineer. ' 22. WATER SERVICE GROUP A water service group shall include the curb stop, the service corporation, and any other parts (excluding the copper pipe necessary for the installation of the water service). All materials shall conform to AWWA Standards. ' Tapping saddles shall be used for service corporations on all PVC pipe. ' 23. SANITARY SEWER SERVICE GROUP A sewer service connection shall include the wye and bends as required to serve each connection, regardless of service type. Payment shall be by the individual service connection made and shall include all materials, labor and equipment necessary for its installation. the sewer service connection does not include the service pipe, ' which shall be paid under a separate bid item. L u u 7 ' 24. BEDDING r r C 1 r C L i a. All sanitary sewer mains and services shall be bedded according to detail 2.0066. The bedding material shall conform to the requirements of Section 2621.2F1 of the Standard Utilities Specification. b. Refer to Joint Powers Water Board Construction Requirements and addenda attached thereto. c. All storm sewer pipe bedding shall be ordinary bedding consisting of natural, on-site soils, except in cases where the Engineer directs otherwise. The fill material around the pipe (as shown on detail 3.006 of the detail sheet) shall be less than one inch in diameter and also free of any organic material or foreign objects. 25. WATERMAIN TESTING Refer to Joint Powers Water Board Construction Requirements. 26. POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT All DIP watermain, valves, hydrants, DIP fittings, etc. shall be polyethylene encased. Except for hydrants with plugged weep holes as required by the Engineer, the polyethylene tubing shall have an open drain outlet. If C-900 PVC watermain is used, then the watermain shall not be polyethylene encased. However, all valves, hydrants, DIP fittings, etc. shall be polyethylene encased as described above. Polyethylene encasement of these items shall be incidental. 27. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT -WATERMAIN The following revisions are to be made to the Watermain Construction Requirements: A. delete the fourth sentence of Section 5A and insert the following in its place: "In the case of hydrant leads, the compensation length shall be from the center of the connecting main to the center of the hydrant." B. Delete Section 5C in its entirety and insert the following in its place: i L L L "C. Hydrants Hydrants shall be measured on a per-unit basis. The unit includes the hydrant, concrete base, crushed rock, tar paper or plastic cover, hydrant flag, and blocking or restraining devices." C. Delete Section 5D in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "D. Fittings Fittings of each type shall be measured on a per-unit basis." D. Delete Section 5E in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "E. Granular Materials Granular materials used for bedding, encasement, etc. for the watermain shall not be measured for separate payment." 5 n ' E. Delete the first sentence of Section 5G and insert the following in its place: "Water service connections shall be measured on a per-unit basis." ' 28. BASIS OF PAYMENT - WATERMAIN The following revisions are to be made to the Watermain construction Requirements: u i J J L LI L i 1 A. Delete Section 6C in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "C. Hydrant Hydrants shall be paid for at the unit contract price per each, including installing the hydrant, concrete base, crushed rock, tar paper or plastic cover, hydrant flag, and blocking or restraining devices." B. Delete Section 6D in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "D. Fittings Fittings shall be paid for at the contract unit price per. each type and size, including installation and blocking." C. Delete Section 6E in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "E. Granular Material Granular materials used for bedding, encasement, etc. for the watermain, shall be incidental to the watermain installation." D. Delete Section 6G in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "G. Water Service Connection Water service connection shall be paid on a per-unit basis, including corporation stop, curb stop, curb box, and tapping saddle where required." 29. SANITARY SEWER TESTING The Contractor shall utilize PVC for construction of the sanitary sewer lines. the Contractor shall pay particular attention to the bedding requirements for PVC pipe. The PVC pipe shall be tested for a maximum pipe wall deflection of 5% of the normal pipe size. this testing shall be done in the presence of the Engineer at the completion of all backfilling operations. If any portion of the line is not within the maximum pipe wall deflection of 5%, this portion shall be re-excavated, properly bedded and tamped, and the trench recompacted and tested for density at no additional expense to the Owner. The line shall then be tested again for pipe deflection. Deflection testing shall not be done prior to the pipe being in place for 30 days. All sanitary sewer lines are to be televised before final acceptance. A copy of the video tape should be forwarded to the City Engineer. 30. MANHOLE CASTINGS All sanitary sewer manhole castings shall be Neenah R-1642, or approved equal, with the type B, self-sealing lid with concealed pickholes and the appropriate name stamped on it. ~~~ C C'I r C!. ~~~ 31. COMPACTION UNDER SERVICES Any soil that is subcut from below a service must be compacted back in place at 100% standard proctor density prior to laying the service. Density tests must be taken to confirm the density. If the soil is not compacted to 100% standard proctor density, then crushed rock must be compacted and placed below the service in order to ensure no movement. Use of crushed rock shall be at the Contractor's expense. 32. PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES During construction operations and particularly during manhole adjustments, the Contractor shall prevent gravel and debris from entering sewer manholes. In the event of debris or gravel entering the sanitary sewer lines, these lines shall be jetted by Roto-Rooter or other approved company at the expense of the Contractor. Flushing of debris or gravel down the sanitary sewer line will not be allowed. 33. SPECIFICATIONS WHICH APPLY The Minnesota Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Construction",-1995 Edition, together with all supplements thereto, shall govern except as superseded by the attached general Conditions or modified herein by the Special Provisions and attached specifications. Conversion of metric measurements is to be done in accordance with ASTM E380. 34. STANDARD PLATES All references to standard plates MHD shall mean the "Standard Plates" of the Minnesota Department of Transportation. All other reference to standard plates shall mean those details attached to the plans. 35. STREET CONSTRUCTION This project consists of the street construction in two (2) construction seasons. After paving the bituminous base course, all gate valves and manholes shall be adjusted to 3/4" below the top of the finished base course. No diamonds shall be provided around the gate valves and manholes. Prior to paving the bituminous wear course, all gate valves and manholes shall be adjusted to 3/4" below the top of the finished wear course. Bituminous patching around the gate valves and manholes shall be completed a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the bituminous wear course construction. All bituminous patching shall be performed with a smooth drum roller. ' Bid items have been provided for adjustment of the manholes and gate valves as noted above. The unit bid price shall be for the raising of manholes and gate valves for both bituminous pavement courses. These bid items shall include atl labor, equipment and materials necessary for removing the bituminous from around the structures, raising the manhole or gate valve, re-compacting the disturbed gravel and soil, patching the ' bituminous, and disposal of all excess debris. Any adjustments of manholes and gate valves required due to incorrect adjustment by the Contractor will be the responsibility of the Contractor. J I~ J 36. MANHOLE ADJUSTING RINGS Mortar for the adjusting rings shall be placed between the rings and on the outside only. No mortar shall be placed on the inside of the adjusting rings. Mortar protruding into the interior of the manhole shall be removed. Rings for both the manholes and catch basins shall have at least 1/2" of mortar between them and sufficient mortar on the outside to fill in the voids. 7 ' 37. TEST ROLLING The Contractor shall be required to test roll the subgrade and the aggregate base in accordance to Article 2.04 of the Street Construction Specifications. The subgrade shall pass the test rolling prior to placement of the ' aggregate base and the aggregate base shall pass the test rolling prior to placement of the curbing. 38. GRADING Site grading will be required of the Contractor after construction to restore the site to its initial condition. All grading work by the contractor for restoration purposes shall be incidental to the unit prices bid. ' 39. ADJUST EXISTING SUBGRADE The typical street section for this Project was revised after the grading work was completed. Therefore, ' adjustments in subgrade are necessary to compensate for the larger section. Suitable subgrade material from the streets at the north end of the Project shall be excavated and placed in the south end of the Project where the street subgrade has been held down. This work shall be paid for by the hour and shall include the ' excavation, movement and placement of the suitable subgrade material and any other incidental items necessary for the completion of this task. i~ ~I ~~ ~II ~~~ n u STREET CONSTR UCTION SPECIFICATIONS ' 1.0 SCOPE , is LOCATION OF WORK The location of this work is as shown on the Plans. , 1.02 WORK INCLUDED The Contractor shall, unless. specified otherwise, furnish all materials, equipment, tools and labor to do the work required under this contract in strict conformance with the Plans and Specifications prepared for the purpose by ' Meyer-Rohlin, Inc., Engineers and Land Surveyors, 1111 Highway 25 North, Buffalo, Minnesota. The work shall include, but not be limited to, the excavation of the entire roadway between right-of--way lines to the prescribed subgrade and cross section; supplying, spreading and compacting the subbase; supplying, spreading and compacting , the base; bituminous surfacing of the streets wit the specified tack coat, bituminous bases and bituminous wear of specified thickness and all necessary backfilling, surface restoration and cleanup, as specified. 1.03 SPECIFICATIONS WHICH APPLY The Minnesota Department of Transportation (MnDOT) Specifications for Highway Construction, 1988 Edition, together with all supplements thereto, shall govern except as superseded by the attached General Conditions or modified herein by the Special Provisions and attached specifications. e 2.00 GRADING 2.01 GENERAL ' The work covered in this Specification shall consist of the cutting and/or filling of the full street width to provide the required cross-section shown on the drawings. The work covered by this section will be done in accordance with Section 2105 and 2112 of MnDOT Specifications for Highway Construction, 1988 Edition, except as modified hereafter. 2.02 SUBGRADE The subgrade shall be brought to the prescribed cross-section and grade by the necessary excavation and fill by using ' acceptable materials and thoroughly compacting all necessary fill material. The subgrade shall then be prepared in accordance with Section 2.05. In the event of wet subgrade material, the Contractor shall follow the procedures detailed under Section 2.05 - subgrade Preparation. In the event of structurally poor or unsuitable subgrade material, the Contractor shall follow the procedures 1 detailed under Section 2.06 -subgrade Excavation. Proper drainage shall be provided at all times so that the subgrade will be kept free of standing water. Any soft spots developing from poor drainage and standing water shall be completely excavated, backfilled, and compacted with an acceptable dry material at no additional cost to the Owner. 2.03 EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT (21051 All operations shall be done in accordance with MnDOT Specification No. 2105. All compaction will be done by , i_ n the "Specified Density Method". Density tests shall be taken to evaluate the compaction achieved. The quantity of tests shall be determined by the Engineer in the field. Where density tests are taken to evaluate the compaction, the fill shall meet the requirements of a minimum of 100% of Standard Proctor Density (AASHTO T-99) in the upper three feet of the embankment and a minimum of 95% of Standard Proctor Density below the upper three feet. At the time of compaction, the moisture content of the backfill material shall be not less than 75~°, nor more than 125%, of "optimum", the Engineer may, at his discretion, revise the compaction requirements. The Engineer reserves the right to reject materials which are over "optimum" moisture content. Subgrade excavation is further defined under Section 2.06 of these specifications. Granular borrow and select granular borrow shall meet the requirements of 11~1nDOT Specification No. 3149; maximum particle size to be six inches in diameter. 2.04 TEST ROLLING (2111 MODIFIED) After the above work relative to compaction is completed, the subgrade shall be test-rolled in accordance with MnDOT Specification No. 2111, except as follows: A. Test rolling shall be performed prior to, intermittently during, and after completion of subgrade preparation (2112) or subgrade excavation work (2105) when ordered bathe Engineer. The limits of yielding or rutting portion of this Specification 2111.3 shall apply only to the test roll for final acceptance of the subgrade preparation; earlier test rolling shall be for the purpose of identifying those areas needing subgrade excavation, etc. Later test rolling on the aggregate base course shall be to determine if required stability and density exists. The "required stability" shall be such that when test rolled, the surface shows yielding or rutting of no more than 1'fi" measured from the top of the constructed grade to the bottom of the rut. The "required density" shall be 100% Standard Proctor. In embankment/fill areas, the subgrade may be test rolled at an elevation lower than. finished subgrade elevation if the condition of the soils being placed indicate that normal subgrade preparation (2112) cannot be performed and that subgrade excavation (2105) may be necessary; this procedure is to eliminate having to remove materials just previously placed. Test rolling shall also be used in conjunction with the placing of ' aggregate or bituminous base courses when ordered by the Engineer. The subgrade shall pass the test rolling prior to placement of the aggregate base and the aggregate base shall pass the test rolling prior to placement of the curbing or bituminous base. n B. The Contractor will furnish a wheel loader (with operator) or other equipment approved by the Engineer for test rolling. The wheel loader shall have an approximate bucket size of three cubic yards and shall be fully loaded. Test rolling will be required over the entire length and width of the proposed roadway and one foot outside the back of curb. Test rolling shall be performed as many times as deemed necessary by the Engineer. The costs of the wheel loader and operator and any other costs incurred during test rolling shall be incidental to construction of the subgrade or base and no direct compensation will be made therefore. Test rolling, including re-testing of repaired, failed sections, shall also be considered as incidental. 2.05 SUBGRADE PREPARATION (2112) The subgrade shall be prepared in accordance with MnDOT Specification 2112, except as follows: The Contractor shall have the option, at his discretion, to choose one of the methods described below for 2 ~I subgrade preparation. Other methods proposed by the Contractor must be approved by the Engineer. The method of payment shall be by the square yard (sy) prepared. No compensation will be paid for subgrade replacement soils, regardless of source or method used. A. FARMING The Contractor shall prepare the top 12 inches of subgrade by means of scarifying, aerating or watering, in order to obtain the required stability and density to pass a roll test as described in Section 2.04. Work areas for scarification, aeration, and watering are not limited to the street section alignment. Boulevards or vacant lots may be used for spreading and working the soil. Any area outside of the right-of--way must be approved by the Engineer prior to disturbing the area. If wet soils are encountered, the Contractor shall continue to dry, aerate, or "farm" the subgrade until the required stability and density have been achieved. If this method is unsuccessful or the Contractor so chooses, the method for subgrade soil replacement shall be required. No compensation will be paid for work, material, time or any other expenses occurred or lost while trying to prepare the subgrade by this method, other than payment for the final accepted subgrade. B. SUBGRADE SOIL REPLACEMENT The Contractor shall prepare the top 12 inches of subgrade by excavation and replacement with suitable soils. All excavation shall be by the load and haul method in an attempt not to disturb the already questionable stability of the virgin soils below the sub-cut. All materials used for replacement in areas of subgrade soil replacement shall be approved by the Engineer. All materials used for replacement in areas of subgrade soil replacement shall be compacted in accordance with MHD 2105 as previously mentioned in Section 2.03. All replacement materials in the top 12 inches of the subgrade shall then be compacted in accordance with the provisions of subgrade preparation (MFID 2112). Excavation for subgrade soil replacement shall be made to the depths and location so chosen by the Contractor. Areas of subgrade soil replacement may be at random locations throughout the roadbed or may be a "core-type excavation", wherein the roadbed is excavated for its entire length and width. Excavated materials shall be classified as Excess Material and disposed of according to Section 02200, part 3.02. Unstable areas of subgrade due to inclement weather shall be prepared by the contractor at no compensation. subgrade previously determined satisfactory and now failing due to inclement weather also shall be repaired at no additional compensation. Tests shall be taken at the rate of one test for every 100 feet of subgrade prepared. Testing shall be by an independent test lab at the Contractor's expense. Under no circumstances shall subbase material be hauled until the subgrade has been approved by the Engineer with respect to grade and density. 2.06 SUBGRADE EXCAVATION (2105) subgrade excavation shall consist of all excavations made below the top 12" of the subgrade surface of the road and between the shoulder slopes, which are not made for the purpose of obtaining topsoil, and the materials of which are not classified for payment such as rock excavation. This work shall include the removal and disposal of unsuitable materials in the roadbed and replacing such materials with common excavation, common borrow, granular borrow, or base materials, together with any other work necessary to provide drainage for the excavations. subgrade excavation shall be made to the depths and location indicated by the Engineer. Areas of subgrade excavation may be required at random locations throughout the roadbed or may be required as a "core-type excavation", wherein the roadbed is excavated for its entire length and width. No subgrade excavation shall be done 3 ~I~ i ' prior to attempting subgrade preparation, subgrade soil removal (top 12"), and test rolling. ' All excavation shall be by the load and haul method, in an attempt not to disturb the already questionable stability of the virgin soils below the sub-cut. Common excavation, common borrow, granular borrow, or base materials, when used in replacing materials removed through subgrade excavation, shall be as follows: A. Common Excavation Material (2105.2A) Common excavation material to be used in subgrade excavation must be approved by the Engineer prior to placing. When this material is used, the Contractor shall be paid for both excavation of the unsuitable ' materials and replacement of the unsuitable materials with common excavation, at the common excavation unit price, provided the common excavation material is furnished from. an initial excavation area. If the common excavation material has been moved once initially and stockpiled, then the material will be paid as common borrow material, as described below. The excavation and replacement are both paid through the ' unit bid price of the material used for replacement. B. Common Borrow Material (2105B) When suitable or ample common excavation material cannot be found within the excavation limits, the common borrow material approved by the Engineer will be used in subgrade excavation. Borrow material will be obtained within the right-of--way if available; it not, it may be obtained off the right-of--way at a ' location. located and negotiated by the Contractor and Engineer. Regardless of the location of the borrow source, only one bid item will apply for furnishing of the borrow. When common borrow is used, the Contractor shall be paid for both excavation of the unsuitable materials and replacement of the unsuitable materials with common borrow, at the common excavation unit price. The excavation and replacement are ' both paid through the unit bid price of the material used for replacement. ' C. Granular Borrow Material (3149) When common excavation or common borrow material cannot be obtained by the contractor on or off the right-of--way, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to use granular borrow material for subgrade ' excavation. When granular borrow is used, the contractor shall be paid for both replacement of the unsuitable ' materials and excavation of the unsuitable materials with granular borrow at the granular borrow unit price. The excavation and replacement are both paid through the unit bid price of the material used for replacement. ' All materials used for replacement in areas of subgrade excavation shall be compacted in accordance with 2105, as previously mentioned in Section 2.03. ' Payment for subgrade excavation shall be by the original in-place cubic yard (c.y.) and shall be compensation for excavation, disposal of the material, and placement of suitable soils at material unit cost. ' INCLEMENT WEATHER: No subgrade excavation shall be used to correct conditions caused by inclement weather. In cases where inclement weather is continuous and for long periods of time, and does not allow for expeditious completion of subgrade preparation by use of 2112, 2105, and/or Section 2.05, the Engineer may require the Contractor to prepare the roadways as follows: ' A. Make a core excavation of the subgrade to a depth as directed by the Engineer. ' B. Replace the excavated material below subgrade with the same materials to be used for base material (Class 5 etc.) and then immediately continue to place the loose material in the area above the subgrade elevation. The subgrade excavation and the base course both shall be constructed with base material in a ' fashion which will contribute to "bridging". In this case, after the subgrade excavation has been made and the conditions do not allow for compaction, then the bottom of the. subgrade excavation shall be subcut to a uniform bottom and the base material shall be placed in a fashion to prevent pumping of intrusion of the subgrade into the base material. Generally, the first 12 inches of the material shall be deposited on the subgrade before any rolling or compaction begins. All compaction done in this situation shall be by use of static equipment. C. When this procedure for subgrade excavation is used, the Contractor shall be paid for excavating the unsuitable materials below subgrade elevation and shall be paid for all base materials used above and below subgrade elevation, all at contract unit price; the compaction of this base material shall be considered incidental. Also, when this method is used, the Contractor shall not be paid for subgrade preparation (2112). Base material used. for backfill, as described above for.."bridging", will be paid for at the same unit price paid under the applicable base price and unit. Any over-excavated areas shall be returned to the proper grade and cross-section by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 2.07 EXCESS MATERIAL Excess material not used on the project is the property of the Owner and shall be disposed of as directed by the Engineer. Disposal of the excess material shall be incidental to the excavation unit price and project. 3.00 CLEARING OF STREET RIGHT-OF-WAY 3.01 GENERAL This work shall consist of removing and disposing of trees, shrubs, roots, windfalls, stumps and abandoned structures such as sidewalk, curb and gutter, culverts, manholes, and catch basins. The work shall include the salvaging of designated materials. and the backfilling of the resulting trenches, holes and depressions. 3.02. REMOVING MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES The contractor shall remove and dispose of all abandoned structures and obstructions designated by the engineer. Culverts, manholes and catch basins shall be salvaged and the Contractor shall deliver all salvaged structures to the Owner. Sidewalks, curb and gutter and driveway pavement shall be removed at a joint or shall be sawed to one- third the thickness of the concrete. The exposed edge of removal shall be straight with no chips or cracks. 4.00 AGGREGATE BASE 4.01 GENERAL The Contractor shall notify the Engineer when the subgrade is to proper grade and cross-section for acceptance before proceeding with the base. This work shall consist of construction of one or more courses of aggregate base on a prepared sub-base. Work shall be done in accordance with section 2211 of MnDOT Specifications for Highway Construction, 1988 Edition, except as modified hereafter. 4.02 MATERIALS 5 ' Gravel material shall be of the class designated on the typical section of the Plans. Gravel material shall meet the requirements of Section 3138 of MnDOT Specifications for Highway Construction, 1988 Edition, except as modified hereafter. u ~~I 4.03 TESTING Samples of the aggregate base material shall be taken at the project site at the rate of one test for every 1000 feet of base (minimum). A minimum of two tests shall be required on the project. An independent lab shall perform the tests and confirm the gradation. All test reports shall indicate the location where the samples were taken. The gravel shall meet Class 5 gradation requirements prior to the placement of curbing or bituminous application. 4.04 COMPACTION Compaction shall be by the "Specified Density Method." Tests shall be-taken at the rate of one (1) test for every 100 feet of aggregate placed. Testing shall be by an independent test lab and shall be paid for on a per-test basis. Re- testing shall not be paid for. The base material shall be compacted to 100% of Standard Proctor Density. 4.05 QUALITY CONTROL The gravel base shall be approved 24 hours before the bituminous base application. The base shall be within'k"± at the crown and quarter crown. 4.06 PAYMENT Payment for the aggregate base shall be on the basis of cubic yards of material furnished and compacted in place and shall be compensation in full for all costs incidental to its construction. 5.00 BITUMINOUS BASE COURSE 5.01 WORK INCLUDED The Contractor shall, unless specified otherwise, furnish all material, equipment, tools and labor for the construction of a paver-laid bituminous base as noted on-the Plans,-and shall be done in accordance with Section 2331 of MnDOT Specifications for Highway Construction, 1988 Edition, except as modified below. 5.02 AGGREGATE The aggregate material shall meet the requirement of aggregate size B, Table 3139-1, Section 3139, for both type 31 and type 32, Base Course Mixtures, Section 2331. 5.03 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL The bituminous material shall be asphalt cement, classified by the Performance Grading (PG) System and shall meet or exceed the requirements for PG 52-34. The oil content shall be within plus or minus 0.3% of the amount determined by the design mix. The oil content shall meet or exceed the minimum percentages by weight identified in Table 2331-i, Section 2331, for the appropriate mixture type. Cost of the design mix shall be incidental to the payment for bituminous base. 5.04 CONSTRUCTION All concrete curb and gutter must be backfilled before any blacktop is applied to the street. Prior to placement of the base course, any existing bituminous surface abutting it shall have a straight saw-cut joint made, it shall be 6 0 cleaned, and it shall be liberally tacked with a bituminous material. After paving the base, all gate valves and manholes on this project shall be adjusted to 3/4" below the finished base course for the winter. All disturbed aggregate base shall be recompacted and the bituminous base patched. Compaction shall be by the "ordinary compaction" method. Each layer shall be compacted until there is no further , evidence of consolidation, using a tamping, steel-wheeled or pneumatic-tired roller, meeting the requirements of the MnDOT Specification 2123. The Engineer may elect to test the compaction with field density tests. The base material shall be compacted to 100% of Standard Proctor Density. 5.05 PAYMENT The bituminous base shall be paid for on the basis of square-yard-inch at plan thickness. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, all streets shall be constructed with a bituminous thickness as shown on the Plans. Payment shall be compensation for preparation of all existing surfaces, furnishing materials, laying and rolling. 6.00 BITUMINOUS WEARING COURSE 6.01 WORK INCLUDED The Contractor shall, unless otherwise specified, furnish all materials, equipment, tools and labor for the construction of aplant-mixed, paver-laid, bituminous surface as noted on the Plans, and shall be done in accordance with Section 2331 of MnDOT Specifications for Highway Construction, 1988 Edition, except as modified below. 6.02 AGGREGATE ' The aggregate material shall meet the requirements of aggregate size A, table 3139-i, Section 3139, for both type 41 and type 42 Wearing Course Mixtures, Section 2331. 6.03 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL The bituminous material shall be asphalt cement, classified by the Performance Grading (PG) System and shall meet ' or exceed the requirements for PG 52-34. The oil content shall be within plus or minus 0.3% of the amount determined by the design mix. The oil content shall meet or exceed the minimum percentages by weight ident~ed in Table 2331-1, Section 2331, for the ' appropriate mixture type. Cost of the design mix shall be incidental to the payment for bituminous wear. 6.04 CONSTRUCTION At least 48 hours prior to paving the wearing course, all manholes and gate valves on the project shall be adjusted to 3/4" below the top of the finished wearing course grade. All disturbed aggregate base shall be recompacted and the bituminous base patched and rolled. Prior to the application of any bituminous wearing course mixture, the base course shall be thoroughly swept and a bituminous tack coat placed in accordance with MnDOT Specification 2357. The bituminous tack coat shall be ' applied at a rate of 0.05 gallons per square yard. The cost of the tack shall be included in the wear course unit price. Prior to paving, a 3/4" plate shall be placed over each manhole. ' After the street has been paved and prior to rolling, a 3/4" plywood plate shall be placed over each gate valve and the edges raked. Compaction shall be by the "ordinary compaction" method. Each layer shall be compacted until there is no further ' evidence of consolidation, using a tamping, steel-wheeled or pneumatic-tired roller, meeting the requirements of the Iv1nDOT Specification 2123. The Engineer may elect to test the compaction with field density tests. The wear material shall be compacted to 100% of Standard Proctor Density. ' The bituminous wear course at the edge of the curb and gutter shall be 1/a" above the edge, following compaction. The additional cost of the materials along the edge shall be incidental to the cost of the wear course. 6.05 PAYMENT 'Ihe bituminous wear shall be paid for on the basis of square-yard-inch at plan thickness. Unless otherwise directed by the 'r`.ngineer, all streets shall be constructed with a bituminous thickness as shown on the Plans. ' Pa~~ment shall be com ensation for cuttin the existin bituminous, swee in ,tack coat, furnishing materials, laying P g g P g and rolling. ' ~.t the conclusion of the project, cores in the blacktop may be ordered if, in the opinion of the Engineer, the pavement does not meet the Specifications. Aminimum of one core for every 400 feet of roadway shall be taken. ' The following tests shall be run by an independent test lab at the Contractor's expense. L Thickness ' 2. Marshall Density 3. Gradation 4. Extraction 5. Void Content If the Marshall density for the cores is less than the specified minimum density, then in lieu of being removed and replaced to an acceptable condition it will be accepted at a reduced rate, according to MnDOT Specification 2331.3, 1988 Edition. In addition, an average thickness of all the cores shall be computed. Based upon that thickness, payment for both the wear and base shall be adjusted according to the following schedule: a. average thickness 0.15 inches less than plan and greater (except where ordered by the Engineer): payment made at unit prices. b. average thickness: 0.16-0.25 inches less than plan: 15% reduction of unit prices as bid. ' c. average thickness 0.26-0.50 inches less than plan: 30% reduction of unit prices as bid. d. any specific area which has a test thickness less than plan thickness minus 0.50 inches shall be replaced. 7.00 HAUL SLIPS "Haul slips" showing tonnage of all bituminous and rock material delivered to the job site shall be submitted to the 1 Engineer on a daily basis. All tonnage tickets shall be wed and not estimated. Unless the method of payment called for on the proposal is by the ton, all haul slips supplies will be used for verification of the cubic yard or square yard quantities only. t 8.00 CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATION AND TESTING All phases of the work shall be open to the Engineer or his representative and the Contractor shall allow the use of such facilities as are necessary to properly inspect the work. The Contractor shall submit test results as determined by an approved testing laboratory of all materials to be used before any related construction begins. The Contractor shall furnish reasonable amounts of the materials during the construction progress to be used for periodic testing. 9.00 CLEANUP When the work has been completed, the contractor shall remove from the site all extra material, equipment, debris and other supplies. The site shall be cleaned up as is necessary to leave all property in substantially the same condition as it was before the project. 9 CONCRETE SPECIFICATIONS DESCRIl'TION ' Curb or combined curbs and gutters, sidewalks and driveway aprons, shall consist of air-entrained portland cement concrete constructed on a prepazed subgrade in accordance with these specifications. This work shall be in reasonable cost conformity with the lines and grades, thicknesses, and typical cross sections shown on the Plans or established by the ' Engineer. All work shall be performed in accordance with MnDOT Specifications. All curb not conforming to the design as specified on the Plans is to be removed and replaced at no cost to the Owner. ' Type B curb is to be placed at all curb returns with a minimum 10' transition to other curb types. CONCRETE ' The air-entrained portland cement concrete shall meet the requirements of MnDOT Specification 2461. The component parts shall be batched by weight, in proportions, to produce a concrete developing a minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi in 28 days. The concrete shall have a uniform consistency and slump. The slump shall be between i and 3 inches for hand-vibrated concrete, between 2 and 4 inches for hand-tamped or spaded concrete, and between 1/z and 2 inches for concrete placed by a ' slipform/extrusion machine. A design .mix shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to installation. Any addition of excess water, as determined by the Engineer, to the concrete during placement, will result in removal and replacement of affected material. BASE PREPARATION The base shall be a minimum thickness of 6 inches of Class 5 gravel under all curb and gutter and all driveway aprons. A minimum base thickness of 4 inches of pit run sand shall be placed beneath all sidewalks. The base shall be compacted and shall extend a minimum of one foot outside the curb and drives and 0.5 feet outside sidewalk forms. The base shall be reasonably dense, firm, trimmed to a uniform smooth surface and in a moist condition when the concrete is placed. ' MACHINE PLACEMENT , The slipform/extrusion machine approved shall be so designed as to place, spread, consolidate, screed, and finish. the concrete in one complete pass in such a manner that a minimum of hand finishing will be necessary to provide a dense and homogeneous concrete section. The machine shall shape, vibrate, and/or extrude the concrete for the full width and depth of the concrete section being placed. It shall be operated with as nearly a continuous forward movement as possible. All ' operations of .mixing, delivery, and spreading concrete shall be so coordinated as to provide uniform progress, with stopping and starting of the machine held to a minimum. FORMED METHOD The forms shall be of wood, metal, or other suitable material that is straight and free from warp, having sufficient strength to resist the pressure of the concrete without displacement, and sufficient tightness to prevent the leakage of mortaz. ' Flexible or rigid forms of proper curvature may be used for curves having a radius of 100 feet or less. Division plates shall be metal. The front and back forms shall extend for the full depth of the concrete. All of the forms shall be braced and staked so that they remain in both horizontal and vertical alignment until their removal. They shall be cleaned and coated with an approved form-release agent before concrete is placed against them. ii ' The concrete shall be deposited into the forms without segregation and then it shall be tamped and spaded or mechanically vibrated for thorough consolidation. Low roll or mountable curbs may be formed without the use of a face form by using a straightedge and templet to form the curb face. When used, face forms shall be removed as soon as possible to permit ' finishing. Front and back forms shall be removed without damage to the concrete after it has set. ' FII~TISHING The plastic concrete shall be finished smooth, if necessary, by means of a wood float and then it shall be given a final surface texture using a light broom or burlap drag. Concrete that is adjacent to forms and formed joints shall be edged with a suitable edging tool to the dimension shown on the plans. JOINTING ' Contraction Toints Transverse, weakened-plane, contraction joints shall be constructed at right angles to the curb line at intervals not exceeding 15 feet in the curb and 4feet squares in the sidewalk. Joint depth shall average at least t/a of the cross ' section of the concrete. Contraction joints may be sawed, hand-formed, or made by U8 inch-thick division plates in the formwork. ' Sawing shall be done early after the concrete has set to prevent the formation of uncontrolled. cracking. The joints may be hand-formed either by (1) using a narrow or triangular jointing tool or a thin metal blade to impress a plane or weakness into the plastic concrete, or (2) inserting 1/8-inch-thick steel strips into the plastic concrete temporarily. Steel strips shall be withdrawn before final finishing of the concrete. Where division plates are used to make contraction joints, the plates shall be removed after the concrete has set and while the forms are still in place. Expansion joints ' Expansion joints shall be constructed at right angles to the curb line at 300' maximum intervals, at immovable structures and at points of curvature for short-radius curves. Filler material for expansion joints shall conform to requirements of ASTM D994, D1751, or D1752 and shall be furnished in a single 3/4-inch-thick piece for the full ' depth and width of the joint. Expansion joints in a slipformed curb or curb and gutter shall be constructed with an appropriate hand tool by raking or sawing through partially set concrete for the full depth and width of the section. The cut shall be only wide enough to permit a snug fit for the joint filler. After the filler is placed, open areas adjacent to the filler shall be filled with concrete and then trowelled and edged. ' Alternatively, an expansion joint may be installed by removing a short section of freshly extruded curb. and gutter immediately, installing temporary holding forms, placing the .expansion joint filler, and replacing and reconsolidating the concrete that was removed. Contaminated concrete shall be discarded. t Other Toints Construction joints may be either butt- or expansion-type joints. Curbs or combined .curbs .and gutters constructed adjacent to existing concrete shall have the same type of joints as in the existing. concrete, with similar ' spacing; however, contraction joint spacing shall not exceed 15 feet. Curbing placed in conjunction with concrete paving shall be jointed according to the type of joint indicated on the Plan and Profile. joint Sealing ' All concrete joints shall be sealed with ahot-poured joint sealant per MnDOT Specification 2531.3H. 2 Reinforcin Steel The Contractor shall install two (2) No. 4 steel reinforcing bars, twenty feet in length, across each service trench or any other trench which crosses the curbing. Two (2) No. 4 steel reinforcing bars four feet in length shall be installed at all transitions from machine placed versus hand placed curbing. Reinforcing cages to be installed behind the catch basin ' castings shall conform to detai14.017A. Protection ' The Contractor shall always have material available to protect the surface of the plastic concrete against rain. These materials shall consist of waterproof paper or plastic sheeting. For slipform construction, materials such as wood planks or forms to protect the edges shall also be required When concrete is being placed in cold weather, and the temperature may be expected to drop below 35° F, suitable protection shall be provided to keep the concrete from freezing until it is at least 10 days old, Concrete injured by frost action shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. Curing. Concrete shall be cured for at least three days after placement to protect it against loss of moisture, rapid temperature change, and mechanical injury. Moist burlap;°..waterproof paper, white polyethylene sheeting, white liquid membrane compound, or a combination thereof, may be used as the curing material. Membrane curing shall not be permitted in frost- affected azeas when the concrete will be exposed to de-icing chemicals within 30 days after completion of the curing period. ' removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. ' Backfilline After the concrete has set sufficiently, the spaces in front and back of curbs shall be refilled with suitable material to the required elevations. the fill material shall be thoroughly tamped in layers. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to protect the curbing during all phases of the backfilling operation. Any curbing damaged during this process shall be T-~ , Not less than three test rylinders of standazd size and manufacture shall be made for each 50 cubic yazds of concrete placed, or for each day's operations unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. One cylinder from each. set shall be tested at seven days and one cylinder at 28 days, in accordance-with ASTM C-31. The third cylinder shall be retained as a spaze in case problems occur with either of the other two, Air entrainment and slump tests shall betaken on each load prior to placement. To cast the rylinders, fill the molds in three equal layers and uniformly rod each layer 25 times with abullet-nosed rod. ' When sodding the second and third layers, the rod should just break through into the layer beneath. The molds should. be filled continuously and without interruption. After sodding the top layer, tap the cylinder lightly to close any voids that might have a trowel, and cover immediately to prevent loss of moisture. Be sure the cylinders are on a level surface during curing and. that the tops aze smooth and level to ensure minimum laboratory preparation and the best test results. Test results indicating concrete substandard from the above requiremenu shall be reason for halting concreting operations and investigation of the cause of the deficiency, and removal and replacement of concrete placed during the period represented by the test, if, in the opinion of the Engineer, such action is necessary to protect the structural .integrity of the construction. 3 All testingshall be done at the Contractor's expense by an approved testing laboratory. Test results shall be submitted once a week to the Engineer. STANDARD UTILITIES SPECIFICATIONS FOR Watermain and Service.Line Installation and Sanitary Sewer and Storm Sewer Installation Revised, 1988 Published By CITY ENGINEERS ASSOCIATION OF MINNESOTA In Cooperation With Associated General Contractors, Inc. Consulting Engineers Council of Minnesota Minnesota Public Works Association Minnesota Society of Professional Engineers Minnesota Underground Contractors Association i PART II STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR SANITARY SEWER AND STORM 1 SEWER INSTALLATION - 2621 ' 2621.1 Description 2621.2 Materials - ' A. Sewer Pipe and Service Line Materials B. Metal Sewer Castings C. Precase Concrete Manhole and Catch Basin ' D. Concrete E. Mortar F. G. Granular Materials ; Piling 1 H. Insulation , 2621.3 Construction R equirements A. General Provisions B. Excavation and Preparation of Trench ' C. Installation of Pipe and Fittings D. Appurtenance Installations E. Sewer Service Installations ' F. Manhole and Catch Basin Structures G. Reconnecting Existing Facilities H. Sanitary Sewer Leakage Testing I. Pipeline Backfilling Operations J. Restoration of Surface Improvements K. Maintenance and Final Cleanup L. Deflection Test ' M. Televising 2621 4 h . Met od of Measurement A. Sewer Pipe B. Manholes ' C. Catch Basins D. Outside Drop Connection E. Service Connection F. . Service Pipe , G. Special Pipe Fittings H. Appurtenant Items I. Granular Materials J. Piling K. Insulation 2621.5 Basis of Payment - iv - t 2621.1 DESCRIPTION e This work shall consist of the construction of pipe sewers utilizing plant fabricated pipe and other appurtenant materials, installed for conveyance of sewage, industrial. wastes, or storm water. The work includes construction of manhole and catch basin structures and other related items as specified. ' Use of the term "Plans,. Specifications, and Special Provisions" within this specification shall be construed to mean those documents which compliment, modify, or clarify these 1 specifications and are accepted as an enforceable component of the Contract or Contract Documents. All references to MnDOT Specifications shall mean the latest published edition of the Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Construction, as modified by any MnDOT Supplemental Specifications issued before the date of advertisement forbids. All references to other Specifications of AASHTO, ASTM, ANSI, ' AWWA, etc. shall mean the latest published edition available on the date of advertisement. for bids. ' 2621.2 MATERIALS All materials .required for this work shall be new material conforming to requirements of the referenced specifications for the class, kind, type, size, grade, and other details indicated in the Contract. Unless otherwise indicated, all required ' materials shall be furnished by the Contractor.- If any options are provided for, as to type, grade, or design of the material, the choice shall be limited as may be stipulated in the Plans, , Specifications, or Special Provisions. All manufactured products shall conform in detail to such standard design drawings as may be referenced or furnished in the Plans. Otherwise, the Owner may require advance approval of material suppliers, product design, or other unspecified details as it deems desirable for maintaining adopted standards. At the request of the Engineer, the Contractor. shall submit , in writing a list of materials and suppliers for approval. Suppliers shall submit a Certificate of Compliance that the materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance with the specifications. ' A Sewer Pipe and Service Line Materials , All pipe furnished for main sewer and sewer line installations shall be of the type, kind, size and class indicated for each particular line segment as shown in the ' Plans and designated in the Contract Items. Wherever - 44 - ' connection of dissimilar materials or designs is required, the method of joining and any special fittings employed shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. Al Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings ' Vitrified clay. extra strength pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C-700 for the size and type and class specified, subject to the following supplementary provisions: (1) Unless otherwise specified., the pipe and fittings shall be non-perforated, full circular type, either ' glazed or unglazed. (2) All pipe and fittings.. manufactured with bell-and- ' spigot ends shall be furnished with factory fabricated compression joints conforming to the requirements of ASTM C-425. II n i~ (3) In lieu of the bell-and-spigot jointing requirements, the pipe and fittings may be furnished with plain ends, in which case the jointing shall be by means of compression couplings conforming to the requirements of ASTM C-425, Type B. (4) All clay pipe fittings (wyes, tees, bends, plugs, etc.) shall be of the same pipe class and joint design as the pipe to which they are to be attached. (5) Pipe and fittings manufactured to the standards of AASHTO M-65 may be accepted by prior approval of the Engineer. A2 Plastic Truss Pipe and Fittings Plastic truss pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D-2680, Acrylonitrile-Butadiene- Styrene (ABS) Composite Pipe, and Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe, 8 inch through 15 inch diameter and joint type specified, subject to the following supplementary pro- visions: (1) Unless otherwise specified, all pipe joints and fittings connections shall be gasket seal joints, assembled as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Solvent cemented joints, assembled as recommended by the pipe manufacturer, shall be provided only where specifically indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. - 45 - (2) All factory cut pipe ends shall be sealed at the plant or in the field with suspended ABS joint cement. (3) The spigot end of each pipe section shall be provided with suitable marking or gasket stop to indicate full closure of the assembled joints. (4) Unless otherwise specified, the pipe shall be fur- nished with coupling factory-attached to one end of each pipe section. Tee and wye fittings may be furnished separately for field installation. A3 Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Pipe .and Fittings ; The pipe and fittings furnished shall be of the Ductile Iron or Gray Iron type as specified for each particular use or installation. When Gray Iron is specified, either type may be furnished, Gray Iron may not be substituted for Ductile Iron unless specifically authorized in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A-21.51 (Ductile Iron Pipe Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds or Sand-Lined Molds). Gray iron pipe shall conform to .the requirements of ANSI A-21.6 (Cast Iron Pipe Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds) or to the requirements of ANSI A-21.8 (Cast Iron Pipe Centrifugally Cast in Sand-Lined Molds). In addition, the pipe shall comply with the following supplementary provisions: (1) Fittings shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A-21.10 (Gray Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings) or ANSI A-21.53 (Ductile Iron Compact Fittings) for the joint type specified. (2) Unless otherwise specified, all pipe and fittings shall be furnished with cement mortar lining meeting the requirements of ANSI A-21.4 for standard thickness lining. All exterior surfaces of the pipe and. fittings shall have an asphaltic coating at least one mil thick. Spotty or thin seal coating, or poor coating adhesion, shall be cause for rejection. A4 .Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Fittings Reinforced concrete pipe, fittings and specials shall conform with the requirements of MnDOT Specification 3236 (Reinforced Concrete Pipe) for the type, size, and strength class specified, subject to the following supplementary provisions: - 46 - r ' (1) All branch fittings such as tees, wyes, etc. shall be cast as integral parts of the pipe. All fittings and ' specials shall be of the same strength class as the pipe to which they are attached. (2) When flexible watertight joints are specified, joints shall meet the requirements of ASTM C-361. (3) Lift holes will not be permitted unless specifically ' authorized in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. ' A5 Corrugated Steel Pipe and Fittings ` Corrugated steel pipe and fittings shall conform to the ' requirements of MnDOT Specification 3226 (Corrugated Steel Pipe) for the type, size and sheet thickness specified, subject to the following supplementary provision: ' (1) When specifically provided for in the Plans, Specifi- cations, and Special Provisions, the galvanized steel pipe and fittings shall be furnished with special ' aramid fiber bonded, bituminous, or plastic coating or concrete lining as required. A6 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings Smooth walled polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform with the requirements of ASTM D-3034 for the size, standard dimension ratio (SDR), and strength requirements indicated on the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. The grade used shall be resistant to aggressive soils or corrosive substances in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D-543. i~ C~~ (1) Unless otherwise specified, all pipe and fittings shall be SDR 35 and connections shall be push-on with elastomeric gasketed joints which are bonded to the inner wall of the gasket recess of the bell socket. Corrugated polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings with smooth interior shall conform with the requirements of ASTM F-949 for the size and wall thickness indicated. on the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. (1) Unless otherwise specified, shall be push-on with snug meeting tightness requirements all pipe and fittings fit. elastomeric joints of ASTM 3212. - 47 - A7 Cast Iron Soil Pipe Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and .Special Provisions, cast iron pipe shall be service weight pipe meeting the requirements of ASTM A-74 and the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Unless otherwise specified, pipe joints shall be push-on, sealed ' with elastomeric gaskets. A8 Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene Pipe Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) solid wall pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM ' D-2751 for 4 inch and 6 inch diameter and joint type specified, subject to the following supplementary provi- sions: (1) Unless otherwise specified, all pipe joints and , fitting .connections shall be gasket seal joints, assembled as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. , Solvent cemented joints, assembled as recommended by the. pipe manufacturer, shall be provided only where specifically indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. B Metal Sewer Castings Metal castings for sewer structures such as manhole frames and covers, catch basin frames, grates and curb boxes, shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A-48 (.Gray ' Iron Castings), subject to the following supplementary provisions: (1) Casting assemblies or dimensions, details, .weights, and class shall be as indicated in the detailed drawings for the design designation specified. Unless otherwise specified, the castings shall be Class 30 or better. ' (2) Lid-to-frame surfaces on round casting assemblies shall be machine milled to provide true bearing around 1 the entire circumference. (3) Casting weight shall be not less than 95 .percent of ' theoretical weight for a unit cast to exact dimen- sions, based on 442 pounds per cubic foot. (4) A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished. with ' each shipment of castings stating that the materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance with the specification requirements. , l - 4S - (5) Unless otherwise specified, sanitary sewer manholes. in areas subject to flooding by surface water shall have self-sealing lids and recessed pick holes. (6) Unless otherwise specified, sanitary sewer manhole lids shall have recessed pick holes. C Precast Concrete Manhole and Catch Basin Sections Precast concrete riser sections and appurtenant units (grade rings, top and base slabs, special sections, etc.) used in the construction of manhole and catch basin structures, shall conform with .the requirements of ASTM C-478, subject to the following supplementary provisions: (1) The precast sections and appurtenant units. shall conform to all requirements as shown on the detailed drawings. (2) Joints of manhole riser sections shall be tongue and groove with rubber "O" ring joints provided on sanitary sewer manholes. Sanitary sewer inlet and outlet pipes shall be joined to the manhole with a gasketed, flexible, watertight connection or any .watertight connection arrangement that allows differ- ential settlement of the pipe and manhole wall to take place. (3) Air-entrained concrete shall be used in the production of all units. Air content shall be maintained within the range of 5 to 7 percent. (4) A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with each shipment of precast manhole and catch basin sections stating that the materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance with the specifica- tion requirements. (5) Lift holes will not be permitted in precast manholes. D Concrete Concrete for cast-in-place masonry construction shall be produced and furnished in accordance with the requirements of MnDOT Specification .2461 for the mix designation indicated in the Plans. The requirements for Grade B concrete shall be met where a higher grade is not specified. Type 3 (air-entrained) concrete shall be furnished and used in all structures having weather exposure. - 49 - E Mortar ' Mortar for use in masonry construction shall be an e air-entrained mixture of one part Portland cement and three parts mortar sand, with sufficient water to produce proper consistency, and with sufficient air-entrained agent added ' to maintain an air content within the range of 7 to 10 percent. Mortar shall meet the requirements of ASTM C-270. F Granular Materials 1 Granular materials furnished for foundation, bedding, encasement, backfill, or other purposes as may b~ specified shall consist of any natural or synthetic mineral aggregate such as sand, gravel, crushed rock, crushed stone, or slag, that shall be so graded as to meet the gradation , requirements specified herein for each particular use. F1 Granular Material Gradation Classifications Granular materials furnished for use in Foundation, ' Bedding, Encasement, o r Backfill construction shall .conform to the following requi rements: ' Percent Passing Material Use Designation Sieve Size Foundation Bedding Encasement Backfill 3 Inch 2 Inch 100 1 Inch 100 100 100 3/4 Inch 85-100 90-100 90-100 3/8 Inch 30- 60 50- 90 50- 90 No. 4 0- 10 35- 80 35- 80 35-100 No. 10 20- 65 20- 65 20-100 ' No. 40 0- 35 0- 35 0- 35 No. 20 0 0- 10 0- 10 0- 10 NOTE : Granular foundation, bedding and encasement material provi- ded for plastic pipe and fittings shall meet the require- ments of ASTM 2321, Class I, II or III materials or the , requirements provided above if the Engineer authorized such substitution. F2 Granular Material Use Designations Granular materials provided for Foundation, Bedding, ' Encasement, or Backfill use as required by the Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions, either as part of the. pipe item work unit or as a separate Contract Item, shall be classified as to use in accordance with the following: °° ~ Material Use Designation Zone Designation Granular Foundation ----- --- Placed below the bottom of pipe grade as replacement for unsuit- able or unstable .soils,. to achieve better foundation support. Granular Bedding -------- --- Placed below the pipe midpoint, prior to pipe installation, to facilitate proper shaping and to achieve uniform pipe support. Granular Encasement ----- --- Placed below an elevation one foot above the top of pipe, after pipe installation, for protection of the pipe and to assure proper filling of voids or thorough consolidation of backfill. Granular Backfill ------- --- Placed below the surface base course, ~if any, as the second stage of backfill, to minimize trench settlement .and provide support for surface improvements. In each case above, unless otherwise indicated, the lower limits of any particular zone shall be the top surface of the next lower course as constructed. The upper limits of each zone are established to define variable needs for material gradation 'and compaction or void content, taking into consideration the sequence of con- struction and other conditions. The material use and zone designations described above shall only serve to fulfill the objectives and shall not be construed to restrict the use of any particular material in other zones where the gradation requirements are met. G Piling Piling shall be constructed in accordance with provi- sions of MnDOT Specification 2452. H Insulation Main insulation shall be extruded rigid board material having a thermal conductivity of 0.23 BTU/hour/square foot/degree Fahrenheit/per inch thickness, maximum, at 40°F mean, a compressive strength of 35 psi minimum, and water absorption of 0.25 percent by volume maximum. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, and Special Provisions, board dimensions long, 2' or 4' wide, and 1" or 1'-z" thick. Specifications, shall measure 8' - 51 - 2621.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A General Provisions Al Maintenance of Traffic Whenever work interferes with the flow of traffic along a roadway, the Contractor shall provide for traffic control and signing and public safety in accordance with the provisions of Appendix B of the Minnesota Manual of Uniform Traffic Control devices and MnDOT Specifications 1404 and 1710, and the Special Provisions. Neither road closures nor detours shall be permitted unless specified in the Special Provisions or authorized by the Engineer. Where road closures or detours are permitted by the Engisneer, the Engineer shall determine the appropriate agencies, boards, or departments the Contractor must notify prior to taking. the action and. the proper advance notice to be provided to each body. Compliance with this requirement shall not be construed to relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of notifying agencies or institutions whose services may be predicated upon a roadway being opened to traffic or whose services would be hindered if a roadway is closed to traffic. Such agencies or institutions shall include, but not be limited to, the police department, the fire department, municipal bus service, school bus service, and ambulance service. The Contractor shall keep the required agencies informed of changing traffic patterns and detour situations. A2 Establishing Line and Grade. In locations where the sewer is in direct conflict with existing watermain and water services, the watermain and water services shall be lowered to provide at least 18 inches of vertical distance between the top of the watermain or service and the bottom of the sanitary sewer or relocated in accordance with Plans. When local conditions prevent a vertical separation as described, the following construction shall be used: a vertical separation of at least 18 inches between the bottom of the sewer and the top of the watermain; adequate structural support for the sewers to prevent excessive deflection of joints and settling on and breaking of the watermains; that the length of water pipe be centered at the point of crossing so that the joints will be equidistant. and as far as possible from the sewer. - 52 - ' Watermains shall be laid at least l0 feet horizontally from any sanitary sewer, storm sewer or sewer manhole, ' whenever possible. When local conditions prevent a horizon- tal separation of 10 feet, a watermain may be laid closer to a storm or sanitary sewer provided that: (1) The bottom of the watermain is at least 18 inches ' above the top of .the sewer; (2) Where this vertical separation cannot be obtained, the ' sewer shall be constructed of materials and with joints that are equivalent to watermain standards of construction and shall be pressure tested to assure water tightness prior to backfilling. The primary line and grade will be established by the Engineer. For trench installation, line and grade stakes will be set parallel to the proposed pipeline at an ' appropriate offset therefrom as will best serve the Contractor's operations wherever practical. For tunnel installation, line and grade stakes will be set directly above the proposed pipeline setting. Grade and line stakes will be set at 25-foot intervals along the pipeline; at each change in line or grade, and as needed for pipeline ' appurtenances. The Contractor shall arrange operations to avoid unnecessary interference with the establishment of the ' primary line and grade stakes, and shall render whatever assistance may be required by the Engineer in accomplishing ' the staking. The Contractor shall- be responsible for preservation of the primary stakes, and, if negligent in providing necessary protection, shall bear the full cost of any restaking. ' The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the correct transfer of the primary line and grade to all working points and for construction of the work to the ' prescribed lines and grades as established by the Engineer.. Following construction of a work shaft on tunnel installa- tions, the line and grade shall be transferred down the ' shaft and be projected into and throughout the length of each tunnel heading. ' A3 Prot ti f S f ec on o ur ace Structures All. surface structures and features located outside the ' permissible excavation limits for underground installa- tions, together with those within the construction areas which are indicated in the Plans as being saved, shall be properly protected against damage and shall not be ' disturbed or removed without approval of the Engineer. - 53 - u Within the construction limits, as required, the removal of improvements such as paving, curbing, walks, turf, etc.,. shall be subject to acceptable replacement after completion , of underground work, with all expense of removal and replacement being borne by the Contractor to the extent that separate compensation is not specifically provided for in the Contract. ' Obstructions such as street signs, guard posts, small culverts, and other items of prefabricated construction may ' be temporarily removed during construction, provided that essential service is maintained in a relocated setting as approved by the Engineer and that nonessentialjitems are properly stored for the duration of construction. Upon completion of the underground work, all such items shall be replaced in their proper setting at the sole expense of the ' Contractor. In the event of damage to any surface improvements, either privately or publicly owned, in :the absence of construction necessity, the Contractor will be required to replace or repair the damaged property to the satisfaction of the Engineer and without cost to the Owner. , A4 Interference of Underground Structures When any underground structure interferes with the. ' planned placement of the pipeline or appurtenances to such an extent that alterations in the work are necessary to ' eliminate the conflict or avoid endangering effects on either the existing or proposed facilities, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the Owner of the affected structure. When any existing facilities are endangered by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor shall cease work at the site and take such precautions as may be necessary to protect the inplace structures until a ' decision is made as to how the conflict will be resolved. Without specific authorization from the Engineer, no ' essential utility service shall be disrupted, nor shall any change be made in either the existing structures or the planned installations to overcome the. interference. Altera- tions in existing facilities will be allowed only to the ' extent that service will not be curtailed unavoidably and then only when the encroachment or relocation will satisfy all applicable regulations and conditions. ' Wherever alterations are required as a result of unforeseen underground interferences not due to any fault ' or negligence of the Contractor, the Engineer will issue a written order covering any additional or extra work involved and specifying the revised basis of payment, if - 54 - any. Any alterations made strictly for the convenience of the Contractor shall be subject to prior approval and shall be at the Contractor's expense. 7 l I i~ C! No extra compensation will be allowed for delays caused by the interference of underground structures. A5 Removal of Surface Improvements Removal of surface improvements in connection with trench excavation shall be limited to actual needs for installation of the pipeline and appurtenances, based on the allowable trench widths and any other controils imposed in connection with the work. Removal .operations shall be coordinated effectively with the excavation and installa- tion operations as will cause the least practical disrup- tion of traffic or inconvenience to the public. The debris resulting from removals shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of by the Contractor. Removed debris shall not be deposited at locations .that will block access to fire hydrants, private driveways, or other essential service areas, nor obstruct surface drainage. Removal and final disposal of debris shall be accomplished as a single operation wherever possible and, in any event, the debris shall be removed from the site before starting the excavating operations. Removal of concrete or bituminous structures shall be by methods of producing clean-cut breakage to prescored lines as will preserve the remaining structure without damage. Removal equipment shall not be operated in a manner that will cause damage to the remaining structure or adjoining property. Where not removed to an existing joint, concrete structures shall be sawed along the break lines to a minimum depth of one-third of the structure depth. Any reusable materials gen°e rated during the work, such as aggregate, sod, or topsoil, shall be segregated from other waste materials and be stockpiled so as to maintain suitability and permit proper reuse. The use of drop weight equipment for breaking pavement will be allowed to the extent that the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damages caused thereby. The pavement breaking operations shall not be allowed to become a nuisance to the public or a source of damage to underground or adjacent structures. The Engineer reserves the right to order discontinuance of drop weight breaking operations at any time. - 55 - A6 Temporary Service Measures While any open excavations are maintained, the Contrac- tor shall have available a supply of steel plates suitable , for temporary bridging of open trench sections where either vehicular or pedestrian traffic must be maintained. Use of the plates shall be as directed or approved by the Engineer , and where installed they shall be secured against possible displacement and be replaced with the permanent structure as soon as possible. ' B Excavation and Preparation of Trench B1 Operational Limitations and Requirements Excavating operations shall proceed only so far in advance of pipe laying as will satisfy the needs for coordination of work and permit advance verification of unobstructed line and grade as planned. Where interference with existing structures is possible or in any way ' indicated, and where necessary to establish elevation or direction for connections to inplace structures, the excavating shall be done at those locations in advance of the main operation so actual conditions will be exposed in sufficient time to make adjustments without resorting to extra work or unnecessary delay. t All installations shall be accomplished by open trench construction except for short tunnel sections approved by the Engineer and with the exception that boring and jacking ' or tunnel construction methods shall be employed where so specifically required by the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. Installation of pipe through tunnel excavations will be allowed only where the surface , structure can be properly supported and the backfill restored to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The excavating operations shall be conducted so as to carefully expose all inplace underground structures without damage. Wherever the excavation extends under or approaches ' so close to an existing structure as to endanger it in any way, precautions and protective measures shall be taken as necessary to preserve the structure and provide temporary support. Hand methods of excavating shall be utilized to ' probe for and expose such critical or hazardous installa- tions as .gas pipe and power or communication cables. The Engineer shall be notified of any need for blasting to remove materials which cannot be broken up mechanically, and there shall be no blasting operations conducted until the Engineer's approval has been secured. Blasting will be allowed only when proper precautions are .taken to protect - 56 - i~ 7 life and property, and then shall be restricted as the Engineer directs. The Contractor shall .assume full respon- sibility for any damages caused by blasting, .regardless of the requirements for notification and approval. The Contractor shall secure any required permits for blasting and shall conduct blasting operations in conformance with all applicable state and local laws, regulations and ordinances. B2 Classification and Disposition of Materials Excavated materials will be classified for payment only to the extent that the removal of materials classified by the Engineer as Rock will be paid for separately from other unclassified materials, either as a separate Contract Item or as an Extra Work Item when no bid price is applicable. No other materials encountered in the excavations, with the exception of items classified for payment as .structure .removals, will be considered as Unclassified Excavation, and unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifi- cations, and Special Provisions, no additional compensation shall be provided for their removal. Unclassified materials shall include muck, rubble, wood debris, and boulder stone, masonry or concrete fragments less than one cubic yard in volume, together with other miscellaneous matter that can be removed effectively with power operated excavators without resorting to drilling and blasting. Rock excavation shall be defined to include all hard, ' solid rock in ledge formation, bedded deposits and unstratified masses; all natural conglomerate deposits so firmly cemented as to present all the characteristics of solid rock; and any boulder stone, masonry or concrete ' fragments exceeding one cubic yard in volume. Materials such as shale, hard pan, soft or disintegrated rock which ' can be dislodged with a operated excavator will hand pick or removed with a power not be classified as R k E tion. oc xcava- ' Excavated materials will be classified .for reuse as being either Suitable or Unsuitable for backfill or other specified use, subject to selective controls. All suitable ' materials shall be reserved for backfill to the extent needed, and any surplus remaining shall be utilized for other construction on the project as may be specified or ' ordered by the Engineer. To the extent practicable, granular materials and topsoil shall be segregated from other materials during the excavating and stockpiling operations so as to permit best use of the available ' materials at the time of backfilling. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, material handling as described above shall be ~ ~, considered incidental with no additional compensation provided therefor. All excavated materials reserved for backfill or other use on the project shall be stored at locations approved by the Engineer that will cause a minimum of inconvenience to public travel, adjacent properties, and other special ' interests. The material shall not be deposited so close to the edges of the excavations as would create hazardous conditions, nor shall any material be placed so as to block the access to emergency services. All materials considered unsuitable by the Engineer, for any use on the project, shall be immediately removed from the project and be disposed of as arranged by the Contractor at no extra cost ' to the Contract. B3 ~ ' Excavation Limitations and Requirements Trench excavating shall be to a depth that will permit preparation of the foundation as specified and installation ' of the pipeline. and appurtenances at the prescribed line and grade, except where alterations are specifically authorized. Trench widths shall be sufficient to permit the pipe to be laid and joined properly and the backfill to be placed and compacted as specified. Extra width shall be provided as necessary to permit convenient placement of .sheeting and shoring and to accommodate placement of ' appurtenances. Excavations shall be extended below the bottom of ' structure as necessary to accommodate any required Granular Foundation material. When rock or unstable foundation materials are encountered at the established grade, , additional materials shall be removed as specified- or ordered by .the Engineer to produce an acceptable founda- tion. Unless otherwise indicated or directed, rock shall be removed to an elevation at least six inches below the bottom surface of the pipe barrel and below the lowest projection of joint hubs. All excavations below grade shall be to a minimum width to the outside pipe diameter plus two feet. Rock shall be removed to such additional horizontal dimensions as will provide a minimum clearance of six inches on all sides of appurtenant structures such as ' valves, housings, access structures, etc. Where no other grade controls are indicated or esta- blished for the .pipeline, the excavating and foundation preparations shall be such as to provide a minimum cover over the top of the pipe as specified. Trench widths shall allow for at least six inches of clearance on each side of the joint hubs. The maximum allowable width of the trench - 58 - , J L' 1 at the top of pipe level shall be the outside diameter of the pipe plus two feet, subject to the considerations for alternate pipe loading set forth below. The width of the trench at the ground surface shall be held to a minimum to prevent unnecessary destruction of the surface structures. The maximum allowable trench width at the level of the top of pipe may be .exceeded only by approval of the Engineer, after consideration of pipe strength and loading relationships. Any alternate proposals made by the Contrac- for shall be in writing, giving the pertinent soil weight data and proposed pipe strength alternate, at least seven days prior to the desired date of decision. Approval. of alternate pipe designs shall be with the understanding that there will be no extra compensation allowed for any increase in material or construction costs. If the trench is excavated to a greater width than that authorized, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to provide a higher class of bedding and/or a higher strength pipe than that required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions in order to satisfy design requirements, without additional compensation therefor. B4 Sheeting and Bracing Excavations All excavations shall be sheeted, shored, and braced as will meet all requirements of the applicable safety codes and regulations; comply with any specific requirements. of the Contract; and prevent disturbance or settlement of adjacent surfaces, foundations, structures, utilities, and other properties. Any damage to. the work under contract or to adjacent structures or property caused by settlement, water or earth pressures, slides, cave-ins, or other causes due to failure or lack of sheeting, shoring, or bracing or through negligence or fault of the Contractor in any manner, .shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense and. without delay. ti'here conditions warrant extreme care, the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions may require special precautions to protect life or property, or the .Engineer may order the installation of sheet piling of the interlocking type or direct that other safety measures be taken as deemed necessary. Failure of the Engineer to order ' correction of improper or inadequate sheeting, shoring, or bracing shall not relieve the Contractor's responsibilities for protection of life, property, and the work. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for proper and adequate placement of sheeting, shoring, and - 59 - bracing, wherever and to such depths that soil stability may dictate the need for support to prevent displacement. Bracing shall be so arranged as to provide ample working space and so as not to place stress or strain on the inplace structures to any extent that may cause damage. Sheeting, shoring and bracing materials shall be removed only when and in such manner as will assure adequate protection of the inplace structures and prevent displace- ment of supported grounds. Sheeting and bracing shall be left in place only as required by the Plans, Specifica- bons, and Special Provisions or ordered by the Engineer. Otherwise, sheeting and bracing may be removed as the backfilling reaches the level of respective `support. Wherever sheeting and bracing is left in place, the upper portions shall be cut and removed to an elevation of three feet or more below the established surface grade as the Engineer may direct. All costs of furnishing, placing, and removing sheeting, shoring, and bracing materials, including the value of materials left in place as required by the Contract, shall be included in the prices bid for pipe installation and will not be compensated for separately. When any sheeting, shoring, or bracing materials are left in place by written order of the Engineer, in the absence of specific requirements of the Contract to do so, payment will be made for those materials as an Extra Work Item, including waste material resulting from upper cut-off requirements. B5 Preparation and Maintenance of Foundations Foundation preparations shall be conducted as necessary to produce a stable foundation and provide continuous and uniform pipe bearing between bell holes. The initial excavating or backfilling operations shall produce a subgrade level slightly above finished grade as will permit hand shaping to finished grade by trimming of high spots and without the need for filling of low spots to grade. Final subgrade preparations shall be such as to produce a finished grade at the centerline of the pipe that is within 0.03 foot of a straight line between pipe joints and to provide bell hole excavation at each joint as will permit proper joining of pipe and fittings. J J J J ii J In excavations made below grade to remove rock or ' unstable materials, the backfilling to grade shall be made with available suitable materials unless placement of Granular Foundation or .Bedding material is specified and provided for or is ordered by the Engineer as an Extra Work Item. Placement of the backfill shall be in relatively - 60 - L i i n uniform layers. not exceeding 8 inches in loose thickness. Each layer of backfill shall be compacted thoroughly, by means of approved mechanical compaction equipment, as will produce -uniform pipe support throughout the full pipe length and facilitate proper shaping of the pipe bed. Where the foundation soil is found to consist of materials that the Engineer considers to be so unstable as to preclude removal and replacement to a reasonable depth to achieve solid support, a suitable foundation shall be constructed as the Engineer directs in the absence of special requirements therefor in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. The Contractor may be required to furnish and drive piling and construct concrete ~r timber bearing supports or other work as may be provided for in an Extra Work order. Care shall be taken during final subgrade shaping to prevent any over-excavation. Should any low spots develop, they shall only be filled with approved material, which shall have optimum moisture content and be compacted thoroughly, without additional compensation provided to the Contractor. The finished subgrade shall be maintained free of water and shall not be disturbed during pipe lowering operations except as necessary to remove pipe slings. The discharge of trench dewatering pumps shall be directed to natural drainage channels or storm water drains. Draining trench water into sanitary sewers or combined sewers will not be permitted. The Contractor shall install and operate a dewatering system of wells or points to maintain pipe trenches free of water wherever necessary- or as directed by the engineer to meet the intent of these specifications. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, such work shall be considered incidental with no additional compensation provided therefore. All .costs of excavating below grade and placing foundation or bedding aggregates as required shall be included in the bid prices for pipe items to the extent that the need for such work is indicated in the Contract provisions and the Proposal does not provide for payment therefor under separate Contract Items. Any excavation below grade and any foundation or bedding aggregates required by order of the Engineer in the absence of Contract requirements therefor will be compensated for separately as Extra Work Items. If examination by the Engineer reveals that the need for placement of foundation aggregates was caused by the Contractor's manipulation of the soils in the presence of ' excessive moisture or lack of proper dewatering, the cost of the corrective measures shall be borne by the Contractor. - 61 - i C Installation of Pipe and Fittings C1 Inspection and Handling Proper and adequate implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient prosecution of the work. During the process of unloading, all pipe and , accessories shall be inspected by the Contractor for damage. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of all material found to have cracks, flaws or other defects. The Engineer shall inspect the damaged materials and have the right to reject any materials found to be unsatisfactory. The Contractor shall promptly remove all rejected, material from the site. All materials shall be handled carefully, as will prevent damage to protective coatings, linings, and joint fillings; preclude contamination of interior areas; and avoid jolting contact, dropping, or dumping. All work and materials are subject to tests by the Owner at such frequency as may be determined by the Engineer. Such tests shall be paid for by the Owner. While suspended and before being lowered into laying position, each pipe section and appurtenant unit shall be inspected by the Contractor to detect damage or unsound conditions that may need corrective action or be .cause for rejection. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer of any ' defects discovered and the Engineer will prescribe the required corrective actions or order rejection. Immediately before placement, the joint surfaces of each pipe section- and fitting shall be inspected for the presence of foreign matter, coating blisters, rough edges or projections, and any imperfections so detected shall be corrected by cleaning, trimming, or repair as needed. C2 Pipe Laying Operations Trench excavation and bedding preparations shall proceed ahead of pipe placement as will permit proper laying and ' joining of the units at the prescribed grade and alignment without unnecessary deviation or hindrance. All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the inside of the pipe and fittings before they .are. lowered into position in the trench and they shall be kept clean by ' approved means during and after laying. The sewer materials shall be carefully lowered into laying position by the use of suitable restraining devices. Under no circumstances shall the pipe be dropped into. the trench. - 62 - ' 0 i. At the time of pipe placement, shall be such as to provide uniform for the pipe between bell holes. .excavated as necessary to make the they shall be no larger than would the pipe throughout its length. No laid in water nor when the trench or otherwise unsuitable or improper. the bedding conditions and continuous support Bell holes shall be joint connections, but be adequate to support pipe material shall be beading conditions are When placement or handling in the Engineer's opinion, the install suitable plugs or caps ' ends of each pipe section bef .position, and they shall remai necessary for connection of an J u precautions prove inadequate, Contractor shall provide and effectively closing the open ore it is lowered into laying n so covered until removal is adjoining unit. Unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer, bell and spigot pipe shall be laid with the bell ends facing upgrade and the laying shall start on the downgrade end and proceed upgrade. As each length of bell and spigot pipe is placed in laying position, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material, which shall be thoroughly compacted by tamping around the pipe to a height of at least 12 inches above the top with hand operated mechanical tamping devices or by hand. The joint areas shall remain exposed and precautions shall be taken to prevent the soil from entering the joint space, until the joint seal is effected. Backfill in the bell area shall be left loose. Connection of pipe to existing lines or previously constructed manholes or catch basins shall be accomplished as shown in the Plans or as otherwise approved by the Engineer. Where necessary to make satisfactory closure or produce the required curvature, grade or alignment deflec- tions at joints shall not exceed. that which will assure tight joints and comply with any limitations recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Entrance of foreign matter into pipeline openings shall be prevented at all times to the extent that suitable plugs or covering can be kept in place over the openings without interfering with the installation operations. Installation of PVC, ABS, and composite truss pipe shall conform to ASTM D-2321. C3 Connection and Assembly of Joints All pipe and fitting joints shall fit tightly and be ' - 63 - fully closed. Spigot ends shall be marked as necessary to indicate the point of complete closure. All joints shall be soil tight, as the minimum requirement, and shall be watertight in all sanitary sewer pipe lines and in all storm sewer pipe lines installed within the limits of a paved street or highway traffic lanes. Where specified, the joints in certain assemblies shall be made structurally integral by being completely encased in concrete to form a rigid watertight unit as indicated in the standard drawings. Where watertight joints are required, without concrete encasement, the joints shall be sealed as follows, subject to such other approved method as the Engineer may authorize as being an acceptable alternative: ` (1) Concrete pipe and fitting joints--compression type rubber gasket seals conforming to the requirements of ASTM C-443, ASTM C-361 or AASHTO M-198 for circular pipe, or as otherwise approved by the Engineer in the case of non-circular pipe sections. (2) ABS/PVC Truss pipe, ABS solid wall pipe and fittings- assembled gasket seal joints. (3) Smooth wall and corrugated wall PVC pipe and fittings- assembled push-on gasketed joints shall pass perfor- mance tests as listed in ASTM D-3212. Solvent welds shall not be permitted. (4) Vitrified clay pipe and fittings--factory fabricated compression seals or compression type couplings. (5) Corrugated steel pipe and fittings--sealed with approved type compression seals. Where watertight joints are not required, joints in concrete pipe shall be made soil tight by filling with mortar as the Engineer directs. Pipe joints encased in concrete will not have to be sealed with gasket type seals, but shall be filled with mortar as directed. C4 Bulkheading Open Pipe Ends All pipe and fitting ends left open for future connection shall be bulkheaded by approved methods prior to backfilling. Unless otherwise specified or approved, all openings of 24 inches in diameter or less shall be closed off with prefabricated plugs or caps and all openings larger than 24 inches in diameter shall be closed off with masonry bulkheads. - 64 - 11 11 ~I~~ 11 ' .Prefabricated plugs and caps shall be of the same material as the pipe material, or an approved. alternate material, and they shall be installed with watertight seal as required for the pipeline joints. Masonry bulkheads shall be constructed with clay or concrete brick to a wall thickness of eight inches. Bulkheads installed for temporary service during con- struction may be constructed with two-inch timber planking securely fastened together and adequately braced, as an 1 alternate to the masonry construction. C5 Placement of Insulation Rigid insulation board shall be placed within the pipe encasement zone, 6 inches above the pipe. Prior to placement of the insulation, encasement material- shall be compacted until there is no further visual evidence of increased consolidation or the density of the compacted layer conforms to the density requirements specified in the Special Provisions, then leveled and lightly scarified to a depth of z inch. Encasement zone material placed below the insulation shall be free of rock or stone fragments measuring 1'-z inches or greater. Insulation boards shall be placed on the scarified material with the long dimension parallel to the centerline of the pipe. Boards placed in a single layer shall be overlapped at least 6 .inches on all sides to eliminate ' continuous joints for the full depth of the insulation. If two or more layers of insulation boards are used, each layer shall be placed to cover the joints of the layer immediately below with an overlap of at least 6 inches. The Contractor shall exercise precaution to insure that ' all joints between boards are tight during placement and backfilling with only extruded ends placed end to end or edge to edge. ' The first layer of material placed over the insulation shall be 6 inches in depth, free of rock or stone fragments measuring 12 inches or greater. The material shall be ' placed in such a manner that construction equipment does not operate directly on the insulation and shall be compacted with equipment which exerts a contact pressure of less than 80 psi. The first layer shall be compacted. until ' there is no further visual evidence of increased consolida- tion or the density of the compacted layer conforms to the density requirements specified in the Special Provisions. - 65 - D Appurtenance Installations , Appurtenance items such as aprons, trash guards, gates and castings shall be installed where and as required by the Plans and in accordance with such standard detail drawings or supplementary requirements as may be specified. Casting. assemblies installed on manhole or catch basin ' structures shall be set in a full mortar bed and be adjusted to the specified elevation without the use of shims or blocking. , Sewer aprons shall be subject to .all applicable requirements for installation of pipe. All aprons and outfall end sections shall have the last three sections ' tied. Two tie bolt fasteners shall be placed in each of the last three joints, one on each side of top center at the 60 degree point (from vertical). Tie bolt diameter shall be: z inch for 12" to and including 21" pipe; 5/8 inch for 24" to and including 36" pipe; 3/4 inch for 42" to and including 54" pipe; and 1" for 60" and larger pipe. The tie bolts shall be of a design approved by the Engineer. E Sewer Service Installations Main sewer service connections and building service sewer pipe shall be installed as provided for in the Contract and as may be directed by the Engineer. The sewer service connections and pipe lines shall be installed in conformance with all applicable requirements of the main. ' sewer installation and as more specifically provided for herein. The Engineer, with the assistance of the Contractor, ' shall keep accurate records of all service installations as to type, location, elevation, point of connection and termination, etc. This service record shall be maintained ' jointly by the Contractor and Engineer on forms provided by the Engineer. The service installations shall not be backfilled until all required information has been obtained and recorded. The main sewer service connection shall consist of installing a Branch Tee or Wye section in the main sewer line at designated locations, or of providing an insert type Saddle Tee in a pipe cutout where and as permitted or required in lieu of the built-in fitting. Orientation of service connection fitting shall be as shown in the standard drawings unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. ~, ~ Where the depth of .cover over the main sewer invert is greater than 15 feet (or such other maximum as may be indicated), the service connection shall be extended upward by means of a Service Riser Section in accordance with the details shown in the standard drawings. Unless otherwise specified, service pipe shall be installed at right angles to the main sewer and at a straight line grade to the property line. The standard and minimum grades shall be a uniform rise of one inch in four feet for sanitary service lines and one inch in eight feet for storm sewer service lines. These minimum grades may be reduced (by not more than one-half pitch) where the Engineer so approves in the case of restrictive elevation differences. ` Building service pipe lines shall .generally be kept as deep as required to serve the building elevation and maintain the specified minimum pipe grades. Pipe bends shall be provided as necessary to bring the service lines to proper location and grade. Pipe bends shall not exceed 222 degrees without approval of the Engineer. Unless otherwise indicated, service pipe installation shall terminate at property line or as designated on the Plans, with a gasketed plug placed in the end, at which point the Contractor shall furnish and set a 4 x 4 inch wooden timber 6 feet to 8 feet in length embedded 4 feet below grade, or approved steel post to mark the exact end of pipe. The timber or post shall be set vertically, with the top 2 feet painted green. Wherever service line connections to the main sewer are permitted or required to be made by the open cut-out method in the absence of a built-in Tee or V1ye fitting, the connection shall be made by using an approved type of Saddle Tee fitting. The pipe cut-out shall be made with. an approved type coring machine or by other approved methods producing a uniform, smooth circular cut-out as required for proper fit. The cut-out discs shall be retrieved and shall not. be allowed to remain within the main sewer pipe. The Saddle Tee shall be securely fastened to the main sewer pipe by means of epoxy resin or other approved adhesive. The entire connection fitting shall be encased in concrete to a minimum thickness of six inches and as may be shown in the standard drawings. [Wherever service line connections to the main sewer are required to be made by means of built-in Branch Tee or Wye fittings, the Contractor shall, in the absence of such fitting, remove a section of the main sewer pipe. and replace it with the required Branch Tee or Wye section connected by means of an approved sleeve coupling. - 67 - Sanitary sewer service lines shall not be connected to a manhole at an elevation more than 24 inches above the crown of the outgoing sewer. Where the elevation difference is greater than 24 inches, the connection shall be made by means of an Outside Drop Connection in accordance with the details shown in the standard drawings. All pipe and fitting openings at temporary terminal points shall be fitted with suitable plugs or shall be bulkheaded as required for the main sewer pipe. F Manhole and Catch Basin Structures Manholes, catch basins, and other special access structures shall be constructed at designated locations as required by the Plans and in accordance with any standard detail drawings or special design requirements given therefor. Unless otherwise specified or approved, manholes and catch basins shall be constructed on a cast-in-place concrete base and the barrel riser sections, cone section and top adjusting rings shall all be of precast concrete. All units shall be properly fitted and sealed to form a completely watertight structure. Barrel and cone height shall be such as to permit placement of at least three and not more than six standard two-inch precast concrete adjusting rings immediately below the casting assembly which shall be set in a mortar bed. Each adjusting ring shall also be set in mortar. Unless otherwise specified or approved, manholes and catch basins shall have an inside barrel diameter at the bottom of 48 inches minimum and the inside diameter at the top of the cone section and of all adjusting rings shall be of ..the same size and shape as the casting frame. Casting assemblies shall be as specified in the Plans. Catch basin grate elevation shall be adjusted as necessary to maintain the required. dip below normal gutter grade. The concrete cast-in-place base shall be poured on undisturbed or firmly compacted foundation material which shall be trimmed to proper elevation. The bottom riser section shall be set in fresh concrete or mortar and all other riser section joints of the tongue and groove design shall be sealed with rubber gaskets. Wherever special designs so require or permit, and as otherwise may be approved by the Engineer, a precast concrete base may be used or the structure may be constructed with. solid sewer brick or block units or with cast-in-place concrete. Any combination of cast-in-place - 68 - ' concrete and brick or block mortar construction will be allowed and may be required where it is impossible to complete the construction with standard precast manhole ' sections. All annular wall space surrounding the inplace storm sewer. pipes shall be completely filled with mortar or concrete, and the inside bottom of each manhole and catch basin shall be shaped with fresh concrete to form free flow 1 through invert troughs as directed. Sanitary sewer main lines shall not be connected to a manhole at an elevation more than 24 inches above the ' invert of the outgoing sewer. Where the difference is greater than 24 inches, the connections shall be made by means of an Outside Drop Connection in accordance with the detailed drawings in the Plans. The concrete base under the drop connection shall be monolithic with the manhole base. ' G R ti econnec ng Existing Facilities Disposition of abandoned facilities and reconnection of ' existing facilities shall be as provided for in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. i H Sanitary Sewer Leakage Testing All sanitary sewer lines, including service connections, ' shall be substantially watertight and shall be tested for excessive leakage upon completion and before connections are made to the service by others. Each test section of the 1 sewer shall be subjected to exfiltration testing, either by hydrostatic or air test method as described below and at the Contractor's option. The requirements set forth for 1 maximum leakage shall be met as a condition for acceptance of the sewer section represented by the test. If the ground water level is greater than three feet ' above the invert elevation of the upper manhole and the Engineer so approves, infiltration testing may be allowed in lieu. of the exfiltration testing, in which case the 1 allowable leakage shall be the same as would be allowed for the Hydrostatic Test. II All testing shall be performed by the Contractor without any direct compensation being made therefor, and the Contractor shall furnish all necessary equipment and materials, including plugs and standpipes as required. Hl Air Test Method The sewer pipe section under test shall be clean at the - 69 - , time of testing but the pipe may be wetted. Pneumatic balls shall be used to plug the pipe ends at manholes. Low pressure air shall be introduced into the plugged line until the internal air pressure reaches 4.0 psi greater , than the average back pressure of any ground water pressure that may submerge the pipe. At least two minutes shall be allowed for the air temperature to stabilize before ' readings are taken and the timing started. During this time the Contractor shall check all plugs with soap solution to detect plug leakage. If plugs are found to leak, air shall be bled off, the plugs shall be retightened, and the air shall be reintroduced into the line. i The sewer section under test will be accepted as having passed the air leakage test if it does not lose air at a rate to cause the pressure to drop from 3.6 to 3.0 ps.i in less time than one-half minute per inch in diameter of the pipe tested.. H2 H d t ti y ros a c Test Method After. bulkheading the test section, the pipe shall be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure produced by a head of water at a depth of three feet above the invert elevation of the sewer at the manhole of the test section. In areas where ground water exists, this head of water shall be three feet above the existing water table. The water head shall be maintained for a period of one ' hour during which time it will be presumed that. full absorption of the pipe body has taken place, and thereafter for an extended period of one hour the water head shall be maintained as the test period. During the one hour test period, the measured water loss within the test section, including service stubs, shall not exceed the Maximum Allowable Loss (in Gallons Per Hour per 100 Feet of Pipe) given below for the applicable Main Sewer Diameter. Main Sewer Diameter Maximum Allowable Loss* , (In Inches) (In Gallons Per Hour Per 100 Feet) 6 0.5 8 0.6 , 10 0.8 12 1.0 15 1.2 18 1.4 21 1.7 24 & Larger 1.9 *Based on 100 Gallons Per Day Per Pipe Diameter Inch Per Mile ' - 70 - t ' If measurements indicate exfiltration within a test section is not greater than the allowable. maximum, the section will be accepted as passing the test. H3 Test Failure and Remedy ' In the event of test failure on any test section, testing shall be continued until all leakage. has been detected and corrected to meet the requirements. All repair work shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. Introduction of sealant substances by means of the test water will not be permitted. Unsatisfactory repairs or test results may resu~.t in an order to remove and replace pipe as the Engineer considers necessary for test conformance. All repair and replacement ' work shall be at the Contractor's expense. ~I 0 I Pipeline Backfilling Operations All pipeline excavations shall be backfilled to restore pre-existing conditions as the minimum requirement, and fulfill all supplementary requirements indicated in the Plans and Specifications, and Special Provisions. The backfilling operations shall be started as soon as conditions will permit on each section of pipeline, so as to provide continuity in subsequent operations and restore normal public service as soon as practicable on a section-by-section basis. All operations shall be pursued diligently, with proper and adequate equipment, as will assure acceptable results. The baekfilling shall be accomplished with the use of Suitable Materials selected from the excavated materials to the extent available and practical. Should the materials available within the .trench section be unsuitable or insufficient, without loading and hauling or the employment of unreasonable measures, the required additional materials shall be furnished from outside sources as an Extra Work item in the absence of any Special Provisions requirements. Suitable Material shall be defined as a mineral soil free of foreign materials (rubbish, debris, etc.), frozen clumps, oversize stone, rock, concrete or bituminous chunks, and other unsuitable materials, that may damage the pipe installation, prevent thorough compaction, or increase the risks of after settlement unnecessarily. Material selection shall be such as to make the best and fullest utilization of what is available, taking into consideration particular needs of different backfill zones. Material containing stone, rock, or chunks of any sort shall only be utilized where and to the extent there will be no detrimental effects. - 71 - I'i u Within the pipe bedding and encasement zones described as that portion of the trench which is below an elevation one foot above the top of the pipe, the materials. placed shall be limited in particle size to 12 inches maximum in the case of pipe of 12 inches in diameter or less, and to 2 inches maximum in the case of larger pipe. Above these zones,. the placement of material containing stones, boulders, chunks, etc. greater than 8 inches in any dimension shall not be allowed. Compaction of materials placed within the pipe bedding and encasement zones shall be accomplished with portable or hand equipment methods, so as to achieve thorough consoli- dation under and around the pipe and avoid damage to the pipe. Above the cover zone material, the use of heavy roller type compaction equipment shall be limited to safe pipe loading. Backfill materials shall be carefully placed in uniform loose thickness layers of 8 inches spread over the full width and length of the trench section to provide simultaneous support on both sides of the pipeline. Granular backfill may be placed in 12-inch layers above an elevation one foot above the top of the pipe, and with the provision that, by authority and at the discretion of the Engineer in consideration of the demonstrated capability of special type vibrating compactors, the stated maximums may be increased. Each layer of backfill material shall be compacted effectively, by approved mechanical or hand methods, until there is no further visual evidence of increased consoli- dation or the density of the compacted layer conforms to the density requirements specified in the Special Provi- sions. Compaction of the inplace layer shall be completed acceptably before placing material for a succeeding layer thereon. The manner of placement, compaction equipment and procedure effectiveness shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. All surplus waste materials remaining after completion of the backfilling operations shall be disposed of in an acceptable manner within 24 hours after completing the backfill work on each particular pipeline section. Disposal at any location within .the project limits shall be as specified, or as approved by the Engineer; otherwise, disposal shall be accomplished outside the project limits at the Contractor's discretion. The backfilling and surplus or waste disposal operations shall be a part of the work required under the pipeline installation items, not as work that may be delayed until final cleanup. - 72 - L ~', u it u 0 1 Until expiration of the guarantee period, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility and expense for all backfill settlement and shall refill and restore the work as directed to maintain an acceptable surface condition, regardless of location. All additional materials required shall be furnished without additional cost to the Owner. J Restoration of Surface Improvements ' Wherever any surface improvements such as pavement, curbing, pedestrian walks, fencing, or turfing have been removed, damaged or otherwise disturbed by the Contractor's ' operations, they will be repaired or replaced to the Engineer's satisfaction, as will restore the improvement in kind and structure to the preexisting condition. Each item of restoration work shall be done as soon as practicable after completion of installation and backfilling operations on each section of pipeline. ' In the absence of specific payment provisions, as separate Contract Items, the restoration work shall be compensated for as part of the work required under those ' Contract Items which necessitated the destruction and replacement or repair, and. there will be no separate payment .therefor. If separate pay items are provided. for ' restoration work, only that portion of the repair or reconstruction which was necessitated by the Contract work will be measured for payment. Any improvements removed or ' damaged unnecessarily or undermined shall be replaced or repaired at the Contractor's expense. J1 Turf Restoration Turf restoration shall be accomplished by sod placement except where seeding is specifically allowed or required. Topsoil shall be placed to a minimum depth of four inches under all sodding and in all areas seeded. The ' topsoil material used shall be light friable loam contain- ing a liberal amount of humus, and shall be free of heavy clay, course sand, stones, plants, roots, sticks and other ' foreign matter. Topsoil meeting these requirements shall be selected from the excavated materials to the extent available and needed. All turf establishment work shall be done in substantial compliance with the provisions of MnDOT Specification 2575. Seed shall be Mixture No. 5 of MnDOT Specification 3876, ' unless otherwise directed or approved. - 73 - u J2 Pavement Restoration The inplace pavement structure (including base aggre- , gates) shall be restored in kind and depth as previously existed, using base aggregates salvaged from the excavated materials to the extent available and needed, and with new , materials being provided for reconstruction of the concrete or bituminous surface courses. If, through no fault of the Contractor in failing to reserve sufficient aggregate materials from the excava- tions, there should be insufficient quantity of suitable .aggregate to reconstruct the pavement base courses, the additional materials required will be furnished by the ' Owner at its expense, or the Contractor will be .ordered to furnish the additional materials from outside sources as an Extra Work item in the absence of an appropriate Contract item therefor. Placement of any additional aggregate materials delivered to the site by the Owner or of any additional materials furnished by the Contractor, shall be an incidental expense, as will also be the disposal of any excess materials resulting therefrom, .unless special payment provisions are otherwise agreed upon. , Reconstruction of aggregate base courses and concrete or bituminous surface courses shall be in substantial compli- ance with all applicable MnDOT Specifications pertaining to , the item being restored. The materials used .shall be comparable to those used in the inplace structure, and the workmanship and finished quality shall be equal to that of new construction to the fullest extent obtainable in , consideration of operational restrictions. Existing concrete and bituminous surfaces at the trench wall shall. be sawed or cut with a cutting wheel to form a neat. edge in a straight line before surfaces are to be restored. Sawing or cutting may be accomplished as a part of the removal or prior to restoration at the option of the Contractor. However, all surface edges will be inspected prior to restoration. ' J3 Restoration of Miscellaneous Items ' Wherever any curbing, curb and gutter sections, pedes- trian walks, .fencing, driveway surfacing, or other improve- ments are removed or in any way damaged, or undermined, ' they shall be restored to original condition by repair or replacement as the Engineer considers necessary. Replace- ment of old materials will be acceptable only to the extent , that existing quality can be fully achieved, such as in the case of fencing. Otherwise new materials shall be provided Imo', - 74 - ' and placed as the Engineer directs. Workmanship and finished quality shall be equal to that of new construc- tion, where new materials are used, to the extent obtainable in consideration of operational restrictions. A proper foundation shall be prepared before reconstruc- ting concrete or bituminous improvements. Unless otherwise directed, granular material shall be placed to a depth of at least four inches under all concrete and bituminous ' items. No direct compensation will be made for furnishing and placing this material even though such course was not part of the original construction. K Maintenance and Final Cleanup All subgrade surfaces shall be maintained .acceptably until the start of surfacing construction or restoration work, and until the work has been finally- accepted. Additional materials shall be provided and placed as needed to compensate for trench settlement and to serve as temporary construction pending completion of the final fJ surface improvements. Final disposal of debris, waste materials, and other remains or consequences. of construction, shall be accom- plished intermittently as new construction items are completed and shall not be left to await final completion of all work. Cleanup operations shall be considered as being a part of the work covered under the Contract items involved and only that work which cannot be accomplished at any early time shall be considered as final cleanup work not attributable to a specific Contract Item. If disposal operations and other cleanup work are not conducted properly as the construction progresses, the Engineer may withhold partial payments until such work is satisfactorily pursued, or he may deduct the estimated cost of its performance from the partial estimate value. Maintenance of sodded and seeded areas shall include adequate watering for plant growth and the replacement of any dead or damaged sod as may be required for acceptance of the work. L Deflection Test Deflection tests shall be performed on all plastic gravity sewer pipes. The test shall be conducted after the sewer trench has been backfilled to the desired finished grade and has been in place for 30 days. - 75 - The deflection test shall be performed by pulling a rigid ball or pointed mandrel through the pipe without the aid of mechanical pulling devices. The ball or mandrel shall have a minimum diameter equal to 95% of the actual ' inside diameter of the pipe. The maximum allowable deflection shall not exceed five percent of the pipe's internal diameter. The time of the test, method of testing, and the equipment to be used for the test shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. All testing shall be performed by the Contractor at his , expense without any direct compensation being made there- for, and he shall furnish all necessary equipment and materials. required. ' L1 Test Failure and Remedy In the event of test failure on any test section, the section shall be replaced, with all repair work subject to approval of the Engineer. The replaced section shall be retested for leakage and deflection in conformance with the specifications contained herein. All repairs, replacement, and retesting shall be at the Contractor's expense. , M Televising Sewer line televising may be required by the Engineer, at the cost of the Contractor, if visual. inspection, leakage testing, or deflection testing, indicate the sewer has not been constructed in accordance with these specifi- cations and the requirements of the Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions. 2621.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT All items will be measured separately according to design designation as indicated in the Pay Item name and as may be ' detailed and defined in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. Pipe will generally be designated by size (inside diameter or span), strength class, kind or type, and laying ' condition. Complete-in-place items shall include all component parts thereof as described or required to complete the unit, but excluding any excesses covered by separate Pay Items. Linear measurement of piping will include the running length of any special fittings (tees, wyes, elbows, gates, etc.) installed within the line of measure between specified terminal points. A Sewer Pipe Sewer pipe of each design designation will be measured , - 76 - ^ by length in linear feet along the line of pipe. Terminal points of measurement will be the pipe end at free outlets; ' the point of connection with inplace pipe; the center of manholes or catch basins; the point of centerline intersec- tions at branch fittings; or the point of juncture with t other appurtenances or units as defined. Separation of quantities according to "depth zone ' classification", when so designated in the Pay Item, will d be determined by depth of pipe invert below the groun surface profile. B Manholes Manholes of each design designation will be measured by number of each constructed complete-in-place, including the base and castings as required, but excluding any excess depth greater than 8.0 feet measured from top of manhole ' cover to invert elevation of lowest pipe. ' Excess manhole depth of each design designation will be measured by the linear foot difference in depth between the 8.0 feet allowed as standard and the actual increased depth as constructed. C Catch Basins ' Catch basins of each design designation will be measured by number of each constructed complete-in-place, including the base and castings as required, but excluding any excess ' depth greater than 5.0 feet measured from top of grate (low point) to invert elevation of lowest outlet pipe. Excess catch basin depth of each design designation will be measured by the linear foot difference in depth between the 5.0 feet allowed as standard and the actual increased depth as constructed. D Outside Drop Connection Outside drop connections of each design will be measured by number of each constructed complete-in-place, including granular encasement, fittings, and any special piping details as required, including two holes into existing manholes. for the drop connection, but excluding any excess vertical drop greater than 2.0 feet measured between invert ' of high pipe inlet and invert of low pipe outlet. Excess drop connection depth will be measured by the ' linear foot difference in vertical drop between the 2.0 feet allowed as standard and the actual increased vertical drop as constructed. - 77 - 1 E Service Connection Service Connections of each design will be measured by number of each constructed complete-in-place as specified. ' F Service Pipe Service pipe of-each design will be measured separately by length in linear feet, horizontally along the line of installation,. between the service end and the point of ' juncture with the main pipe connection fitting. G Special Pipe Fittings ' Special pipe fittings (wyes, tees, bends, etc.) of each design designation will be measured by number of each installed complete-in-place as specified but excluding any ' , such fittings required to be installed. as a component part of any other Work Unit. H Appurtenant Items Appurtenant items such as aprons, trash guards, gates ' and other prefabricated units or assemblies as identified by Pay Item name will be measured separately by number of each installed complete-in-place as specified. , I Granular Materials Granular t i l f i h ma er a s urn s ed and placed as special foundation, bedding, encasement, or backfill construction will be measured by weight or volume of material furnished by the Contractor from outside sources and placed. within , the limits defined. Unless otherwise specified, volume will be determined by vehicular measure (loose volume) at the point of delivery. Measurements will not include any ' materials required to be placed as a component part of any other Work Unit. J Piling Piling shall be measured according to the Provisions of MnDOT Specification 2452. J1 Pile Bents t Pile bents shall be measured as a unit and shall include all materials and labor required, except the pile. , e_ ~ ' ~ K Insulation Rigid board insulation shall be measured on a square foot basis installed to the specified thickness noted on the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions and shall include all materials and labor required for placement. 2621.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for sewer. pipe and .service pipe items at the Contract prices per linear foot of pipe of each design shall be compensation in full for all costs of providing a complete-in- ' place pipeline, including excavation, foundation preparation, backfilling, leakage testing restoration of surf ` i , ace mprove- . ments, disposal of surplus or waste materials, final cleanup, and such other work as may be specified, but excluding the ' construction of other structures or special sections and the placement of special fittings, appurtenances or materials specifically designated for payment under other Contract Items. ' Payment for manhole, catch basin, outside drop connection, service connection, and other structures as specified, at the Contract prices per structure, shall be compensation in full for ' all costs of constructing each unit complete-in-place as specified, including all required castings, special fittings, base or encasement, and appurtenant materials as specified for ' the complete structure or section, but excluding such additional work as may be designated for .payment under other Contract Items. ' inhere the specified standard manhole, catch basin, or outside drop connection depths are exceeded, the excess depth of each ' design .will be paid for separately as linear footage items and payment at the Contract prices therefor shall be com en ti i p sa on n full for all costs of providing the extra depth. ' Special pipe fittings such. as wyes, tees and bends will be paid for as separate Contract Items to the extent they are required to be installed in the sewer pipe and service pipe lines and not as a component part of a complete-in-place structure (outside dro ti p connec ons, service connections, etc.) appurtenant items such as aprons, trash guards, drainage ' gates, and other prefabricated units or assemblies and specials as designated will be paid for as separate Contract Items to the extent they are not included as a component part of any complete-in-place structure. Granular materials furnished for foundation, bedding, cover, or backfill placement as specified in connection with pipe or structure items will only be paid for as separate .Contract Items to the extent that the Proposal contains specific Pay Items - 79 - 0 J ECTION 1 PiTRPOSF ANn INTENT The joint Powers Water Board System (hereinafter called the Water System) shall be operated as a public utility and convenience from which revenue will be derived, subject to the provisions of these Specifications. - These standard utility specifications have been adopted by the Joint Powers Water Board (hereinafter called the Board) and shall apply to all physical water utility structures and appurtenances constructed for the purpose of providing water service within the system operated by the Board. SECTION 2. .nl~tPT 7AN('F WITH PROVISIONS do person shall make, construct, or install any water service installation, or make use of any water service connected to the water system except in the manner provided in these Specifications, nor shall any person make, construct, install, or make use of any installation connected to the water system contrary to the re;ulatory provisions of these Specifications. SECTION 3. WATER SERVICE COiVNECTIONS A. Existing Service Stub . Service stubs have been installed to serve some homes and businesses presently located in the service area. For those homes and businesses, the connections are ready for use by the existing structures in the service area. B. ~pnlication fnr Water Service Connection. In the event additional connections or stubs are required or desired, applications shall be made to the Board. All such applications for service stubs shall be made by the owner of the property to be served, or his duly authorized. agent, and shall state the size and location of the service connection required, and the applicant shall, at the time of making application, pay to the Board the amount of fees required for the installation of the service connection as hereinafter provided. The application shall also contain the name of the owner, a description of the property, Iot, block and addition, name of road upon which the property fronts, and the signature of the applicant, or his agent, agreeing to conform to the rules and regulations that may be established by the Board as conditions for the use of water. C. Permit to Con ect Fee. A permit must be obtained to connect to the water system. The fee for each permit shall be as set by Board resolution from time to time. D. Conditions of Permit. A connection charge and the permit fee, as determined by resolution of the Board, shall be paid at tl~e time of malting application for water service. In addition thereto, before any permit shall be issued, the following conditions shall be complied wiih: SPEC-745, GOo 1-1 '45COOm 1 N . o permit shall be issued to tap or connect with any watermain or waters stem Y of the Board either directly or indirectly from any lot or tract of land unless it shall be determined that. a. The lot or tract of land to be served by such connection or tap has been assessed for the cost of construction of the watermain and source of water ' ~ plant and well system with which the connection is made; or b. If no assessment has been levied for such construction cost, the proceedings for levying such assessments have been or will be commenced in due course; or ' c. If no assessment has been levied and no assessment proceedings will be completed in due course, a sum equal to the portion of cost of construction ' of said watermain and source of water plant and well system which would be assessable against said Iot or tract has been paid to the Board. The ' assessable cost is to be determined by the Board. d. All costs for watermain shutdown, wet tapping, temporary services, or other connection related services shall be the responsibility of the permittee. In critical service areas, the Board may direct the permittee to install wet taps or other devices to minimize water service disruption. It , shall be the responsibility of the permittee to pay for these devices. 2. The applicant shall submit three copies of a service plan to the Board for review, , for service lines two inches in diameter and greater. The service plan shall show the service Line route and length, and shall call out the service line materials, fittings, connections, and joints. The service plan shall be revised by the applicant if and as deemed necessary by the Board. Adherence to the approved service plan shall be a condition of the permit. Any deviation from the approved plan shall ' require the Board's written approval. 3. A water meter shall be obtained from the Board at the time the permit is applied for. E. Inspections. All house service lines shall be inspected by the Water System Inspector ' before the same is covered to insure proper construction of the line and connection to the service stub. The owner or contractor shall notify the Water System Inspector when the service pipe is ready for inspection. Inspections require a ?4 48 hour notice.. J S?EC-7~~.000 1-2 7~SCCom ' SECTION 4 FRIVATF WFi i S ' Private wells may be maintained and continued in use after connection is made to the water system, provided there is no means of cross-connection between the private well and the public supply at any time. Hose bibbs that will enable the cross-connection of the two (2) systems are ' prohibited on internal piping of the well supply system. The threads. of the boiler drain of the well volume tank shall be removed or the boiler drain hose bibb replaced with a sink faucet. Outside ' hose bibbs will not be installed on the public system where dual water systems are in use. ' SECTION ~. INSTAi i ATTnN A~TD CONSTR TION F~iTiRFiViENTS ACID ~FECIFICATIONS A. Supervisinn; All work performed within the limits of the service area shall be under the direct supervision of the Water System Inspector. ' B. Authoritv~o do Work. Only persons authorized by the Board shall tap any distributing main or pipe of the water system, _or insert stop .cocks or ferrule therein. All service lines, ' fittings, and appurtenances shall be installed by or under the direct supervision of a State of Minnesota Licensed, Insured, and Bonded Master Plumber or a Board approved State of Minnesota Licensed, Insured, and Bonded Contractor. C. Excavation. If the installation is to be in a surfaced street, the location of the watermain shall be ascertained and, upon completion of the construction, the street restored to its ' previously existing condition. The expense of such construction and restoration shall be borne by the applicant. ' D. Separate Connections and Meters. No more than one housing unit or building shall be supplied from one service connection except by special permission of the Board. Whenever two (2) or more parties are supplied form one pipe, connecting with the ' distribution main, each building or part of the building must have a separate stop box and a separate meter. ' E. House Service Line . All installations of house service lines shall com 1 with the PY following; ' 1. House service pipe must be laid with sufficient waving to allow not less than one J foot (1') extra length and in such manner as to prevent rupture by settleriient. Q 1', 2. House service lines must be placed not less than seven and one-half fe.,t (7 /_ ) ' below the surface and arranged so as to prevent rupture by freezing. 3. A shut off or other stop cock shall be used and placed so as to be protected from ' freezing. ' SPEC-745.000 1 - 3 7~~(iCom 4. All service lines two inches (2") in diameter or less shall be type K copper tubing. ~.,,,° Tr ^{ n,;n;n,~~m One inch (1 ") copper tubing shall be used for runs up to one hundred fifty (150') feet. ~~~ ^^,-„°^`'°`~ t~'"* *'~~-gym One and one- half inch (1'h") copper tubing shall be used for runs from one hundred fifty feet to three hundred feet (150'-X00'). Service line runs of over three hundred feet shall be appropriately sized and shall require written approval from the Board. 5. ~,~,e- ~ ^f m;.,;n,,.m All underground copper tubing joints shall be flared g,~,.t,.,n;~.,, r,.^ _ ~;^^ ^r fl^ ~ r * °• :~eut°d` unless. otherwise approved by the uul~.u, uv~ .~ ~ Designated Water System Inspector. 6. Joints and copper tubing shall be kept to a minimum .with not more than one joint used for service up to seventy feet (70') in length. 7. All joints and connections shall be left uncovered until inspected and tested at normal water line pressure. 8. All service lines over two inch (2") diameter shall be of ^^^~n, ductile iron, or polyvinyl chloride, with push-on or mechanical joints. ~~ l n 0 9. Connections at mains for domestic supply shall be at least one inch (1 "). 10. No water pipe shall be connected with any pump, well, tank, or piping that is connected with any other water supply other than the public system. SECTION 6 SERVICE PIPES A. Maintenance and Repair. It shall be the responsibility of the consumer. or owner to maintain the service pipe from the curb box into the house or structure. In the case of failure upon the part of any consumer. to repair any leak occurring in ~ the house or structure side of the curb box within twenty-four (24) hours after verbal or written notice thereof, the water will be shut off and will not be turned on until the service charge of $250 has been paid and the leak repaired. When the waste of water is great, or _when damage is likely to result from the leak, water may be turned off immediately pending repairs. B. Abandoned Service Installations. All service installations that have been abandoned or have not. been used for one year, or for any reason have become useless for further service, may be disconnected at the main by the Board, and all pipe and appurtenances removed shall be the property of the Board. Any expense incurred by the Board shall be charged to the property and, if not paid within thirty (30) days, shall be treated as a delinquent account pursuant to the Board Amendment to ".:.~~'~~`~~~ '~~ ? ~Q~ ' ^{'~'° $eard Operations and Authorization Agreement Regarding Late Fees dated December 1=1, 1987. ~ • 0 u u n 0 SPEG7a~.000 1 - 4 7-t~Cl;<`.m SECTION 7. MFTFR R ' A. Meter Use R ~ii-erl. Except for extinguishing of fire, no person except authorized Board employees or Board representatives shall use water from the water supply system or permit water to be drawn therefrom unless the- same be metered by passing through a meter ' supplied or approved by the Board. B. Installation of M ter . All water meters hereafter installed shall be in accordance with the following rules: ' 1. The service i e from the watermain to the meter shall e ~ Q p p b brou,ht through the floor in a vertical position. The stop and waste valve shall be installed about twelve inches (12") above the floor. ' 2. The meter shall be located so that the bottom is from six to twelve inches (6"-12") above the finished floor line. The meter shall be set not. more than twelve inches (12"), measured horizontally from the inside line of the basement wall, unless an alternate method is approved by the Plumbing Inspector. A suitable bracket to support the meter in a proper horizontal position and to prevent noise from vibration shall be provided. 3. All meter installations shall have a stop and waste valve on the street side of the meter. In no case shall there be more than twelve inches (12") of pipe exposed ' between the point of entrance through the basement floor and the stop and waste valve. ' 4. A stop and waste valve shall also be installed on the house side of the meter. Meter setting devices shall be of copper pipe or tubing from the terminus of the ' service pipe up to and including the house side stop and waste valve. 5. Gate valves shall be brass one hundred twenty-five (12~) pound standard. C. Maintenance Repair and Replacement t 1. Replacement of Nleter. All water meters shall be and remain the roe of the P P rty Board and may be removed or replaced or changed as to size and type by .the Board whenever deemed necessary. n S?6G74~.Q(i0 1 - ~ 7-i~G;~~m 1 2• ~:intenance and Repair. The Board shall maintain and repair all meters when rendered unserviceable through ordinary wear and tear and shall replace them if necessary. However, where any replacement or repair or adjustment of any meter is necessary because of damage from hot water backup, damage from freezing water, or damage from any act, carelessness, or negligence of the owner or occupants of any premises, any expense incurred by the Board to repair said damage shall be charged against and collected from the water consumer, and water service may be discontinued until the cause is corrected and -the amount charged collected. D. Meter Test . When a consumer makes a complaint that the bill for any past services has been excessive, the Board shall, upon written request, have such meter re-read. If the consumer remains dissatisfied and desires that the meter be tested, said consumer shall then make a deposit of $30.00 and the Board shall test the meter. The consumer shall, if ~°; desired, be present when such test is made. In case a test should show an error of over five percent (5%) of the water consumed in favor of the Board, the deposit will be refunded to the consumer and a correctly registering meter will be installed and the date of written request and the minimum charge shall not be affected. In case the test shows an accurate measurement of water or an error >n favor of the consumer, the amount deposited shall be retained by the Board to cover the expenses of making such test. E. Unauthorized Tamperinb with Meter. No person not authorized by the Board shall connect, disconnect, take apart, or in any manner change or cause to be changed or interfere with any such meter or the action thereof. SECTION 8. A THORIZED WATER S -OFFS In case of fire or alarm of fire, water may be shut off by the Board to insure a supply for the fire fighting. In making repairs or construction of new works, water may be shut off at any time and kept shut off as long as necessary by the Board. No water shut-off shall be undertaken without the permission of the Board or its agents unless such shut-off is undertaken for emergency purposes to prevent system damage or major leakage. SECTION 9. WATER Oy ERVATION i~IEA TRES ~}3..,,~~.~~.~+}F~~"~~9`~~P~~-a~.d~#a}-1 de-t~- t'' '~ ~ ~ In case of emergency or water supply T2'~C'~"~'L TC:] C'T ~. GTP-CGC~rC'¢, shortage, as determined by the Board, the Board may, by resolution. limit the times and hours during which water may be used `,^-^ *'~° «~^*°~- ~;,~t°:~-~ for :~~? g-a-~e-ff sprinkling, irrigation, car washing, ~ air conditioning, or other uses specified n uses. __ .... ..,...~~ .. +.. Pfc... ~., ._ .;:.. The Board may prohibit lawn and Garden watering between the hours of 10:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m., sPEC-~as.ooo 1 - 6 ~,scoo J f r 0 0 i i 7 0 L L 0 C ', and/or ma re u' y q ire residents whose address ends in an even number to water on even numbered days and residents whose address ends in an odd number to water on odd number days. New sod ' and/or seed is exempt from lawn watering restrictions during the first growing season. After publication of the resolution or two days after mailing of the resolution to each customer, conviction of this violation shall be a petty misdemeanor as defined by Miruiesota Statutes and each day will be considered a separate violation. ' The Board ma shut off water at the street following the third violation until such times as e y ~ th property owner complies with the restrictions. A $25.00 shut-off and $25.00 turn-on fee will be added to the penalties. ii 0 i SECTION 10 RFSTRiC' D ~ PROHIBITED ACTS A. Unauthorized Turn On or Turn Off. No person, except an authorized Board employee or Board representative, shall turn on or turn off any water supply at the stop box without permission from the Board. B. Unauthorized T e of Hydrants Interference With System. No person, other than authorized Board employees, Board representatives, or fire department personnel, shall operate fire hydrants or interfere in any way with the water system without first obtaining a permit to do so from the Board. C. Supplvi~- QQ Water to Others. No person shall permit water from the water system to be used for any purpose except upon his own premises unless written consent is first obtained from the Board. SECTION 11 DIS('ONT ~ TAVCE OF SERVICE Water service may, be shut off at-any stop box connection whenever: A. The owner or occupant of the premises served, or any person working on any pipes or equipment thereon which are connected with the water system, has violated, threatens to violate, or causes to be violated, any of the provisions of ~.°^'_~~*_i^^ ?`T^. ' oS?rz the Board Amendment to Operating and Authorization Agreement Regarding Late Fees dated December 14, 1987. B. -Any charge for water, service, meter, or other financial obligation imposed on the present ' or former owner or occupant of the premises served is unpaid. C. Fraud or misrepresentation by the owner or occupant of the premises served in connection with an application for service. ' SPEC-745.000 1 - 7 7.:OC-0n f D. In the event that the Board is proposing to shut off water service in anon-emergency situation, said shut-off shall be preceded by ten (10) days mailed notice, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to the last billing address of the owner and/or occupant of the premises. Said notice shall indicate the reason for the proposed shut-off and that the owner and/or occupant has the right to demand a hearing before the Board prior to the expiration of the ten (10) days as to the cause for said shut-off. In the event that said hearing is held, the Board shall consider testimony and evidence presented by the owner and/or occupant and determine whether or not the shut-off is justified under the regulations of the Board. In the event that a hearing is not demanded, it shall be deemed .waived. SECTION 12 RI(THT OF ENTRY POWERS Authorized Board employees or Board representatives shall have free access at reasonable hours of the day to all parts of every building and premises connected to the water system for reading of meters and inspection. SECTION 13 DIS 1 AIRIER OF LIABILITY The Board shall not be liable for any deficiency or failure in the supply of water to consumers, whether occasioned by shutting the water off for the purpose of making repairs or .connections, or from any other cause ~ whatsoever. END OF CHAPTER 1 SPEC-7-t>.C00 1-8 7Y~G~Om ' tiVATERIVIAIN DESI TN ST NDARDS 1. The minimum size of watermain is 6 inches. 2. Only when looping a watermain is impractical in the Board's opinion, dead-end mains will be allowed. No dead-end mains greater than 600 feet in length shall be considered. 3. The dead-end of a main shall be equipped with a fire hydrant for flushing purposes. 4. Hydrants shall be spaced so that all portions of a residential lot and all portions of a commercial, industrial, or Y°°~ institutional building to be protected fall within a 250 foot radius of a hydrant. 5. Each hydrant lead shall be equipped with a gate valve for shut-off purposes. 6. Valves shall be placed throughout the distribution system so that each portion may be isolated with the least interruption of service. Generally, place valves at each roadway intersection or intersection of watermains. Refer to the Typical Water Layout detail plate. 7. The minimum depth of cover over watermains shall be 7'-6". 8. The minimum size of water service is 1 inch. 9. The design shall be in accordance with the Minnesota Department of Health and the Ten State Standards. 10. All fittings and bends greater than 20 degrees shall be properly restrained with ^~°*°'~'^^ ,:rv *~° ~^~'° ^~ acceptable retaining jlands, tie rods, or cast-in-place concrete blocking. It is preferable to use retaining glands when possible. 11. Watermain shall be placed within the paved portion of the street on City streets. The watermain shall be no closer than two feet from the front face of the gutter. 12. Easements for watermain outside of street rights-of--way shall be a minimum of 30 feet wide. The slope in any easement shall not exceed four feet horizontal to one foot vertical in the steepest direction. 13. Joint deflection may be used to provide a curvilinear alignment within the following criteria: SPEC-745.W0 2 - 1 74S000m. Pipe Size Minimum Curve ice ~dius (~eet~ 6 to 12 400 16 to 24 600 14. The Engineer of Record shall provide two copies of record drawings and four copies of tie sheets within 60 days of the completion of the watermain ir•.provements. Ties shall be provided to each curb box, valve, and watermain stub. 15. All proposals or bids shall include PVC watermain as a bass bid or as an alternate bid item. PVC shall be required in clay, silt, or organic soils. It is the Board's requirement that PVC waterrnain shall be used in all locations where d,e bids show it to~ be cost- effective. It shall also be at the Board's discretion to require PVC watermain in any and all locations. END OF CHAPTER 2 SPEC-745.000 2 - 2 745000m Ui ~-~;~-177Y ti7 ~ 4 ADDENDUM JUNE 5, 1998 JOINT POWERS WATER BOARD STANDARD REQUIREMENTS FOR DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF WATERMAIN 1TEP~" ~O. 1 ' REVI~.;ON TO WATERMAIN DESIGN STANDARD NUMBER ~ PAGE 2-1: 4. Hydrants shall be spaced so that all buildable porEions of a resiGential !ot an;.i ail portions of a comr~icrcidl, i1lU'u~triaif Gi' ~il9tliU'iw~l%~I ~J(jltli~U it: pF: protected fall within a 25Q foot radius of a ~yCra.nt 41l partiet~4 cif a resi:lentia! !;~* are a^nsitiered to be buildable cYye;:* arr-ar r,:,wered by za?-xing setbacks or restrictive easements. (April 27, 1998 Joint Powers Water Board rneetin• }. i~i~E1t,~ NO. 2 ADDI~!ON TO WATERMAIN DESIGN STANDARDS PAGE2-2: 18. Curb stops shall l;c 'acRted at leapt 1 f~~•ot fror•:~ t?~e ede1~ c~f t'r:~3 str~~~=. Right-of-Way or utility easement. (April 27, 1998 Joint Powers Water Board meeting). ITEM NQ. 3 ADDi7;ON TO WATERMAIN DESIGN STANDARDS PAGE2-2~ 17. Curb stops shall be located at least 3 feet outside of lot driveways andtor paved surfaces. (May 27, 1998 Joint Powers Water Board meeting). ~ . ~~ l B.S j INDEX WATERMAIN CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS ' as 1. DESCRIPTION 14 2. MATERIALS 14 A. Water Mam 14 B. Fire Hydrants ~ 16 C. Valves 17 D. Water Service Pipe and Appurtenances 18 E. Polyethylene Encasement Material 19 ' F. Steel Casing Pipe 19 G. Piling 20 H. Granular Materials 2D ' I. Insulation 21 3. CON STRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 21 t A. B. Maintenance Work Limits 21 22 C. Establishing Line and Grade 23 D. Protection of Surface Structures 24 E. Interference of Underground Structures 24 ' F. Removal of Surface Improvements 2~ G. Excavation and Trench Preparation 26 ' H. Installation of Pipe and Fittings 29 I. Polyethylene Encasement of Pipeline 34 " J. Jack-Bore Steel Casing Pipe 34 K. Placement of Insulation 3~ L. Water Service Installations 35 M. Setting Valves, Hydrants, Fittings and Special 38 N. Pipeline Backfilling Operations 39 O. Restoration of Surface Improvements 39 P. Maintenance and Final Cleanup 40 ' sPEC-~as.coo Index 3-i ~scLam ' 4. TESTING 40 A. Disinfection of Water Mains 40 B. Hydrostatic Testing of Water Mains 44 C. Electrical Conductivity Test -Ductile Iron Water ylain 46 D. Trace Wire Test -PVC Water Main 47 E. Operational Inspection 47 5. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT A. Water Main B. Valves C. Hydrant with Valve D. Fittings E. Granular Material F. Boring G. Water Service Connection H. Service Lines I. Insulation J. Raise Valve Box 6. BASIS OF PAYMENT A. Water Main B. Valves C. Hydrant with Valve D. Fittings E. Granular Material F. Boring G. Water Service Connection H. Service Lines I. Insulation J. Raise Valve Box SPEC-74.000 Index 3-ii 48 48 48 48 48 50 50 50 50 50 50 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 52 52 ~-~~ooo~ WATERMAIN CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS L DESCRIP'i'T(~N This work shall consist of the construction of the water mains, hydrants, services and other appurtenances in accordance with the Plans and these General Requirements, except as modified by the Specific Requirements or the Special Provisions. All work shall comply with the requirements of the Minnesota Department of Health, the Minnesota Plumbing Code and all applicable codes and ordinances. All references to ivln/DOT specifications, other specifications, standards or designations such as ASTM, ANSI, AWWA, shall mean the latest published edition available on the date of advertisement for bids on the project. All manufactured products shall conform in detail to such standard design drawings as may be referenced or furnished in the contract documents. The Owner may require advance approval of material suppliers, product design, or other unspecified details as deemed necessary to insure conformance fo the contract documents: Where specific manufactured products are referenced it is to indicate a product preference of the Owner. Other manufactured products of an "equivalent" kind, type, and quality may be used if approved in writing by the Engineer. Product information, shop drawings or other information to describe the product shall be submitted to the Engineer in a timely manner such that their review does not delay the project. At the request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit, in writing, a Iist of materials and suppliers for approval. 2. 1~IATERIA .S The materials used in this work shall be new, conforming with the requirements of the referenced specifications for class, kind, type, size and grade of material as specified below and other details indicated in the contract. A SPEC-7~3~.000 Water itilain PVC water main shall be used unless Ductile Iron water main has been approved by the Joint Powers Water Board Engineer. A.1 Ductile Iron Pipe: Ductile iron pipe for water mains shall be Class ~2 for pipe less than 12 inches in diameter, Class ~0 for pipe 12 inches or larger in diameter, and shall conform to the requirements of A~V~VA Cl~l (ANSI A21.~1). 3-1 u 0 n I~ i~ i-.~OOOm ' j A.l.a Fittings: Fittings shall be Gray Iron or Ductile Iron, manufactured in the United States, having a minimum working pressure rating of ' 150 psi, and shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C110 (ANSI A21.10), Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings or AWWA C153 (ANSI 21.53), Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings. A.l.b Lining and Coating: All pipe and fittings shall be furnished with ' .cement mortar lining meeting the requirements of AWWA C104 (ANSI A21.4) for standard thickness lining. All interior and exterior surfaces of the pipe and fittings shall have a tar or ' bituminous seal coating at least one mil thick. Spotty or thin seal coating, or poor coating adnesion, shall be cause for rejection. 1 A.l.c Joints: Pipe three inches and larger in diameter shall have push-on joints. Fittings shall hate mechanical joints. The rubber casket shall conform to AWWA C111 (A.h1SI A21.11). y A.l.d Electrical Conductivity: Copper straps shall be welded or ' otherwise permanently affixed to each pipe or appurtenance to provide a positive means of conveying electricity from pipe or fitting, to pipe or fitting. Conductive pipe gaskets may be used on pipe to pipe connections if approved by the Engineer. Size and method of affixing strap shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer and shall be sufficient. to meet or exceed the criteria for conductivity testing set forth in this specification. A.2 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe: Polyvinyl chloride pipe (PVC) for water main i shall conform to AWWA C 900 for pipe 4" through 12" in diameter, and shall conform to AWWA C905 for pipe 14" or larger in diameter. All pipe 4" through 12" in diameter shall have a minimum dimension ratio (DR) of ' 18 corresponding to a working pressure of 150 psi for PVC type 1120 pipe. All pipe 14" or larger in diameter shall have a minimum dimension ration ' (DR) of 25 corresponding to a working pressure of 165 psi for PVC type 1120 pipe. ' A.2.a Fitting : Fittings shall be Gray Iron or Ductile Iron, manufactured in the United States, having a minimum working pressure rating of 150 psi, and shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C110 (ANSI A21.10), or AWWA C153 (ANSI 21.53) Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings. ' A.2.b Joints: Joints in plastic pipe shall be bell-end elastomeric-Gasket type. ' SPEC-74.000 3 - 2 7»;l~m A.2.c Restraints: Restraints for C900 and C905 PVC pipe shall be Megalug Series 2000PV, Uni-Flange Series 1300, 1350, 1390 as may apply or equal. Restraints shall be manufactured in the United States. A.2.d Trace Wire: Trace wire shall be installed along the top of the pipe prior to backfilling. The wire shall be 12 gauge standard plastic type TW or THW. Inline compression butt splice with 3M cast kit shall be used when splicing of wire is required. Splicing shall not be more frequent than 1 per 250 feet of piping. Wire nut splices will not be allowed. At each appurtenance such as a valve box or hydrant, the wire shall be securely fastened to the metal box or hydrant on an approved stand-off (quick bolt) readily visible. Wiring shall be connected to the appurtenance in such a way that a low voltage circuit can be completed without excavation of the structure. B . Fire Hydrants Fire hydrants shall be a 5'/a-inch Medallion as manufactured by Clow Valve Company, or a Pacer Model WB 67-250 as manufactured by Waterous Company, and shall conform to AWWA C502. The hydrants shall be rated for high pressure use. Hydrants shall be furnished in conformance with the following supplementary requirements: B.1 Five-inch (nominal diameter) main valve opening of the type that opens against water pressure with a pentagonal operating nut with one-inch sides (nominal 1.5 inches from point of pentagon to opposite side), and opening counterclockwise (left). B.2 Barrels shall be one piece with a traffic safety flange above finished grade. There shall be approximately 17 ~ inches for the Clow Medallion and approximately 21 ~ inches for .the Waterous Pacer hydrant, from the flange to the center of the nozzles, and each hydrant shall have a mechanical joint connection at the hub end for joining a 6" ductile iron branch pipe. B.3 Hydrant bury depth, measured from the top of the branch pipe connection to the finished ground line at the hydrant, shall be 8'-0" (According to Waterous definition of "Bury"; hydrants with a bury of 8'-6" shall be furnished). SPEC-7-15.0(:0 3 - 3 7-1~000m 0 I ~~ B.4 Hydrants shall have two outlet nozzles for 2-1/2 inch (I.D.) hose connection and one outlet nozzle for 4-1/2 inch (I.D.) pumper connection. Threads shall conform to NFPA No. 194 (ANSI B26) and shall be: hose connection - 7-1/2 threads per inch, 3.062" .nominal outside diameter (National Standard Thread); pumper connection - 4 threads per inch, 5.70" nominal outside diameter (National Standard Thread). Nozzle caps shall be nut type with chain. B.5 Hydrant operating mechanisms shall be provided with "O" ring seals preventing entrance of moisture and shall be lubricated through an opening in the operating nut or bonnet. B.6 .Drain holes shall be left open unless indicated otherwise, if so indicated the hydrant shall be tagged "Pump After Use" . B.7 The Contractor shall provide the Owner with one hydrant wrench for every ten (10) hydrants supplied or portion thereof. Cost of the wrenches shall be incidental to the project. B.8 Every fire hydrant shall be supplied with a Hydra Finder five foot (~') location flag. C. V ve Six inch to twelve inch valves shall be resilient seated gate valves, larger than twelve inches shall be butterfly. Tapping tees shall have resilient seated gate valves. All valves shall be for buried service. C.1 Butterfly Valves: Butterfly valves shall be manufactured in the United States, and shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C~04 and the following requirements: ' a. Working pressure rating of 150 psi minimum. b. Two inch square operating nut opening counterclockwise (left). c. Double "O" ring or split V type stem seal. d. Traveling nut type operator permanently sealed and lubricated. e. Manufacturers: Dresser, Pram, or equal. SPEC-745.000 3 - 4 %~~~~~~ C.2 Sate Valves: Gate valves shall be manufactured in the United States and shall conform to AWWA C509 for Resilient Seated Valves, and shall comply with the following supplementary requirements: a. Working pressure rating of 200 psi for all sizes. b. Two inch square operating nut opening counterclockwise (left). c. Double "0" ring stem seal, one above and below the stem seal. d. Weather seal on bonnet cover. e. Non-rising stem. f. Mechanical joints. g. Manufacturers: American, Mueller, Kennedy, or equal. D C.3 Valve Boxes: Valve boxes shall be 5-1/4" diameter shaft suitable for 7.~' of cover over the top of the water main. Boxes shall be cast iron screw type two piece boxes with the word "WATER" on the lid. Valve boxes shall be manufactured in the United States. Valve boxes shall be Tyler 6850 with ~-1/4" drop lid, or equal. a. Valve Box Extension Stem: Provide each gate valve with a ~ . one- or two- piece shaft, adjustable e~ctension stem. Extension stem shall be provided with a coupling for use with non=rising stem valves. Extension stem shall be supported at the upper end. Length of extension stem shall bring the top of the square wrench nut to within six to twelve inches from the top of the valve box lid. Non- , rising extension stem shall be Mueller A-26441, or equal. Extension stem shall be manufactured by Mueller or approved equal. Water Service Pipe and Appurtenances D.l Pipe: Water service pipe with inside diameter larger than 2 inches shall conform to the requirements of Ductile Iron Pipe or Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe. Water service pipe 1 to 2 inches inside diameter shall be Type K, seamless copper water tubil~Q, soft annealed temper and conform to the requirements of ASTM B 88. SPEC-745.OOt) ~-J 74~000m D.2 A~~urtenances: a. ('~rooration Stop: For use with flared copper service pipe, and the inlet threaded with the standard AWWA taper thread. b. urb Stag: For use with flared copper service pipe both ends, inverted key, and Minneapolis pattern. c. curb Box: Minneapolis pattern base, 78"-81" stationary. rod, 12 inch box adjustment from 7' to 8' , lid with pentagon plug, and 1-1/4" I.D. upper section. d. Service Saddle: Double strap bronze stainless steel type. Service saddle shall be Cascade Style CSC-2, Smith-Blair nylon coated Style 317, Ford Style FS 303, or approved equal. e. - Wrenches and Kevs: The Contractor shall provide the Owner with one 3' curb box shutoff rod and pentagon key for every 20 curb boxes supplied or portion thereof, minimum of 3. Cost of keys shall be incidental to the project. f. Manufacturers: Service Manufacturer's Number Q~ppurtenance Diameter Mueller McDonald Ford Corporation Stop 1" - 2" H-15000 4701 F-600 Curb Stop 1" - 2" Mark II Oriseal 6104 B22-333M-3/4" H-1 ~ 154 B22-444M-1 " 822-666M-1-1/2" B22-777M-2" Curb Box ~ 1" H-10300 5614 1-1/2" - 2" H-10300/H10344 5615 Shutoff Rod H-10321 305 Pentagon Key H-10325 304K e ~~u~-T'nnn a ,~,1~~ iT~~; ~Qni cnn SPEC-7~4~.000 ~ - 6 7~~OC~m E. Polvet ylene Encasement Material Polyethylene encasement material shall conform to AWWA C105 Type A for tube type installation and 8 mil nominal film thickness. F. reel Ca ~Q Pioe Steel casing pipe for jack-boring shall have a wall thickness of 0.37 inches for casing pipe up to 24 inch diameter, and a wall thickness of 0.500 inches for casing pipe 26 to 32 inches in diameter. G. piling Piling shall be constructed in accordance with the provisions of Mn/DOT Specification 2452. Piles for pipelines shall be Treated Timber, in accordance with Mn/DOT X471. H. Granular Material Granular materials furnished for foundation, bedding, encasement, backfill or other purposes as may be specified shall consist of any natural or synthetic mineral aggregate such as sand, gravel, crushed rock, crushed stone, or slag, that shall be so graded as to meet the gradation requirements specified herein for each particular use. H.l Granular Material Gradation Classifications: Granular materials furnished for use in Foundation, Bedding, Encasement, or Backfill construction shall conform to the following requirements: Percent Passing 'eve ize )ygundation" Bedding Encasement ac i 3 Inch SPEC-7-t~.oC9 2 Inch 100 1 Inch 100 100 100 3/4 Inch 85-100 90-100 90-100 3/B Inch 30-60 50-90 ~0-90 No.4 0-10 3~-80 3~-80 35-100 No. 10 20-6~ 20-65 20-100 No. 40 D-35 0-3~ 0-35 No. 200 0-10 0-10 0-10 ~` 3/4" to 1-1/2" material may be used in lieu of Foundation specified -7 74~o00m ' H.2 Su.~nular Material Use Designation: Granular materials provided for Foundation Bedding, Encasement, or Backfill use as required by the Contract, either as part ' of the pipe item work unit or as a BID item, shall be classified as to use in accordance with the following: Material Use Dewnation Zone Designation ' Granular Foundation Placed below the bottom of pipe grade as replacement for unsuitable or unstable soils, to achieve better foundation support. ' Granular Bedding Placed below the pipe midpoint, prior to pipe installation, to facilitate proper shaping and achieve uniform pipe support. Granular Encasement Placed from pipe midpoint to one foot above the top of pipe, after pipe installation, for protection of the pipe and to assure proper filling of voids and thorough ' consolidation of backfill. Granular Backfill Placed below subgrade, if any, as the. second stage of ' backfill, to minimize trench settlement and provide support for surface improvements. In each case above, unless otherwise indicated, the lower limits of any particular zone shall be the top surface of the next lower course as constructed. The upper limits of each zone are established to define variable needs for material gradation ' and compaction or void content, taking into consideration the sequence of construction and other conditions. The material use and zone designations ' described above shall not be construed to restrict the use of any particular material in other zones where the gradation requirements are met. ' I. Insulation Main insulation shall be extruded rigid board material having a maximum thermal ' conductivity of 0.23 BTU/hour/square foot/degree Fahrenheit/per inch thickness, at 40oF mean, a compressive strength of 3~ psi minimum, and water absorption of 0.2~ percent by volume maximum. Insulation shall be DOW Styrofoam HI-40, Minnesota Diversified ' Products Certiforam brand insulation or equal. ' Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Specific Requirements, board dimensions shall measure 8 feet long, 4 feet wide, and 1-1/2 inches thick or Greater. SPEC-74.000 ~ - g 7~>rr9m u A. Maintenance of the project site, and any other area affected by construction, shall be in accordance with Mn/DOT specifications including Sections: 1404 Maintenance of Traffic 1514 Maintenance During Construction 1515 Control of Haul Roads Appendix B ivlinnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices Maintenance of streets and any detours, by-passes, equipment, stockpile, or storage areas provided in conjunction with the project shall be required and shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Said maintenance shall include but not be limited to keeping the streets free of obstacles, parked equipment, unused barricades, blading the traveled ways, controlling the dust in the construction area and on detours, and maintenance of all barricades and flashers. The Contractor shall keep the portions of the project being used by public traffic, whether it be through or local traffic, in such condition that the traffic will be adequately accommodated at all times. The Contractor shall provide and maintain temporary approaches, crossings, and intersections with trails, .roads, streets, businesses, parking lots, residences, garages, farms, and other abutting propem in acceptable condition. The Contractor shall maintain essential services during the course of the .project. Essential services shall include emergency vehicles, buses, mail delivery, garbage collection, drainage and public utility services. The Contractor shall coordinate his work with all appropriate agencies and utility companies during construction. During construction it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to see that all existing drainage structures, ditches, gutters and utilities in the working area are kept clean. Gutters shall be cleaned and free of dirt and other materials at the end of each working day to ensure proper drainage. Bales, silt fence or other erosion control measures acceptable to the Engineer shall be used to prevent materials from washing into drainage ways or storm sewers. There shall be an inspection of the sanitary sewer, storm sewer and water main utilities prior to the start of construction. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer 24 hours in advance to aid in accomplishing this inspection. All deficiencies in these existing systems prior to beginning construction must be immediately brought to the attention of the Engineer. SPEC-74.000 j - 9 7~Ct+.m n n C 0 u u t u u u t During construction, the Contractor shall maintain the streets and control dust as directed by the Engineer. Dust control shall be provided in the same manner to ' stockpiles of topsoil, dirt, or other materials throughout the period of construction. Payment for maintaining streets and controlling dust shall be incidental to this project and no separate payment made unless provided for on the BID. ' ' B. W t •rk imi ' The Owner has obtained permanent and temporary easements for all construction on private property, as shown on the plan sheets. ' T he remaining construction is within the right-of--way of dedicated streets. The Contractor shall limit his operations to the street right-of-way or easement unless he makes a separate arrangement with the landowner for the use. of additional land. B.l Work on Existing Right-of-Wad: In the case of construction on a railroad, ' state or county highway right-of--way, a permit for such construction will be obtained by .the Owner. The Contractor shall comply with all ' requirements specified by the permit with respect to limits, safety precautions, method of construction, etc., and shall furnish to the state or county highway department or the railroad the required supplemental bonds or insurance coverage's as stipulated in the permits without additional cost to the Owner. ' C. F~tablishing Line and Grade The primary line and grade will be established by the Engineer. Line and grade stakes will be set parallel to the proposed pipeline at an appropriate offset and interval as will serve the Contractor's operations wherever practical; at each change in line or grade; and as needed for pipeline appurtenances and service lines. The Contractor shall arrange his operations to avoid unnecessary interference with ' the` establishment of the primary line and grade stakes; and shall render whatever assistance may be required by the Engineer to accomplish the staking. The Contractor shall be responsible for preservation of the primary stakes and shall ' bear the full cost of any restaking necessitated by his negligence. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the correct transfer of the primary ' line and grade from the stakes to all working points and for construction of the work to the prescribed lines and grades. ' Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Specific Requirements, all water main shall generally be placed with 7-1/2 feet of cover. However. a ' greater depth may be required to clear storm and sanitary sewers and sewer services, and no additional compensation shall be provided for such adjustments. SPEC-745.000 j - lO 7-t;CCGm n In certain locations where water main is in direct conflict with storm or sanitary sewer, the water main shall be constructed under the sewer. Where it is necessary to use vertical bends to avoid sewer mains, no extra compensation will be made for this construction with the exception of payment for fittings used. No deviation shall be made from the required line or grade except with the consent of the Engineer. In areas of conflict between water mains, house sewers, storm sewers, or sanitary sewers, a separation of at least 18 inches between the water main and the sewer shall be provided. When local conditions prevent a vertical separation as described, the following construction shall be used: 1. Sewers passing over or under water mains shall be constructed of material equal to water main standards of construction for a distance of at least 9 feet on either side of the water main. 2. Water main passing under sewers shall, in addition, be protected by providing: a. Adequate structural support for the sewers to prevent excessive deflection of joints and settling on and breaking of the water mains; and b. That the length of water pipe be centered at the point of crossing so that the joints will be equidistant and as far as possible from the sewer. Watermains shall be laid at least 10 feet horizontally from any sanitary sewer, storm sewer or sewer manhole, whenever possible. When local conditions prevent a horizontal separation of 10 feet a water main may be Laid closer to a storm or sanitary sewer provided that: 0 I~ i n 0 1. The bottom of the water main is at least 18 inches above the top of the ' sewer; 2. Where this vertical separation cannot be obtained, the sewer shall be constructed of materials and with joints that are equivalent to water main standards of construction and shall be pressure tested to assure water- tightness prior to backfilling. r SPEC-745.000 3-Il ~-~sooe~ ' D Pr t ti ce Structures f S f . o ec o~o ur a ' All surface structures and features located outside the excavation limits for underground installations, together with those within the construction areas which are indicated in the Plans as being saved, shall be properly protected against damage and shall not be disturbed or removed without approval of the Engineer. Within the construction limits, as required, the removal of improvements such as ' paving, curbing, walks, turf, etc., shall be subject to acceptable replacement after completion of underground work, with all expense of removal and replacement .being borne by the Contractor unless separate compensation is specifically ' provided for in the Contract. Obstructions such as street signs, mailboxes, guard posts, culverts, and other items of prefabricated construction may be temporarily removed during construction provided essential service is maintained in a relocated setting as approved by the Engineer and nonessential items are properly stored for the duration of ' construction. Upon completion of the underground work,- all such items shall be replaced in their proper setting by and at the sole expense of the Contractor. ' In the event of damage to any surface improvements, either privately or publicly owned, the Contractor will be required to replace or repair the damaged property ' to the satisfaction of the Engineer and by the Contractor at his expense. E. Pziterference of Underground Structures When any underground structure interferes with the planned placement of pipe or appurtenances and requires alterations in the work to eliminate the conflict or avoid endangering effects on either the existing or proposed facilities, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the Owner of the affected structures. When any existing facilities are endangered by the Contractor's operations, he shall ' cease his operations at the site and take such precautions as may be necessary to protect the inplace structures until a decision is made as to how the conflict will be resolved. Without specific authorization from the utility owner, no essential utility service ' shall be disrupted, nor shall any change be made in either the existing structures or the planned installations to overcome the interference. Alterations to existing facilities will be allowed only when that service will not be curtailed unavoidably ' and then only when the encroachment or relocation will satisfy all applicable regulations and conditions. SPEG7=15.(~U ~ - 12 7»=CCOm C'~~ F G SPEC-745.OW Wherever alterations are required as a result of unforeseen underground interference's not due to any fault or negligence of the Contractor, the Engineer will issue a written change order covering any additional or extra work involved ' and specifying the revised basis of payment, if any. Any alterations made strictly for the convenience of the Contractor shall be subject to prior approval and shall be at the Contractor's expense. No extra compensation will be allowed for delays caused by the interference of underground structures unless approved by the Engineer and included in a change order. y $~oval of Surface Improvements ' Removal of surface improvements in connection with trench excavation shall be limited to actual needs for installation of the pipeline and appurtenances. Removal operations shall be coordinated effectively with the excavation and installation , operations as will cause the least practical disruption of traffic or inconvenience to the public. Removed debris shall not be deposited at locations that will restrict access to fire hydrants, private driveways, or other essential service areas. ' Removal and final disposal of debris shall be accomplished as a single operation wherever possible and the debris shall be removed from the site before starting the excavating operations. Removal of concrete or bituminous structures shall be by methods producing clean-cut breakage that will preserve the remaining structure without damage. Concrete or bituminous paving shall be removed so when the trench is excavated there will be a six inch wide minimum undisturbed subgrade and aggregate base course lip. Removal equipment shall not be operated in a manner that will cause damage to the remaining or adjoining property. Where not removed to an existing joint, concrete structures shall be sawed along the break lines to a minimum depth ' of one-third of the structure depth. y Any reusable materials or materials for recycling, such as asphalt, concrete, aggregate, sod or topsoil, shall be segregated from other waste materials and be stockpiled so as to maintain suitability and permit proper reuse. Excavation and Trench Preparation Excavating operations shall proceed only so far in advance of pipe laying as will ' satisfy the needs for construction of work and permit advance verification of unobstructed line and grade as planned. Where interference with existing ' structures is possible or in any way indicated, and where necessary to establish 3 - 13 ~=~~ccc~ '. elevation or direction for connections to inplace structures, the excavating shall be done at those locations in advance of the main operation so actual conditions will ' be exposed in sufficient time to make adjustments without resorting to extra work or unnecessary delay. ' All installations shall be accomplished by open trench construction except where boring and jacking or tunnel construction methods shall be employed as specifically required by the Plans or approved by the Engineer. Surface structures must be properly supported and the backfill restored to the satisfaction of the Engineer. ' The excavation operations shall be conducted to carefully expose all inplace underground structures without damage. tiVherever the excavation extends under or approaches close to an existing structure as to endanger it in any way, precautions and protective measures shall be taken as necessary to preserve the structure and provide temporary support. Hand methods of excavating shall be ' utilized to probe for and expose such critical or hazardous installations as gas pipe and power or telephone cables. ' G.l Classification and Disposition of iVlaterials: All materials encountered in the excavations, with the exception of items classified for payment as structure removals, will be considered as Unclassified Excavation. Unclassified materials shall include muck, rubble, wood debris, boulder stone, masonry or concrete fragments less than one (1) cubic yard in volume, together with other miscellaneous matter that can be removed ' effectively with power operated excavators. Excavated materials will be classified for reuse as being either Suitable or ' ~ Unsuitable for backfill or other specified use, subject to selective controls. All suitable materials shall be reserved for backfill to the extent needed, ' and any surplus remaining shall be utilized for other construction on the project as may be specified or ordered by the Engineer. To the extent practical, granular materials and topsoil shall be segregated from other ' ~ materials during the excavating and stockpiling operations so as to permit best use of the available materials at the time of backfilling. ' All excavated materials reserved for backfill or other use on the project shall be stored at locations approved by the Engineer that will cause a minimum of nuisance or inconvenience to public travel, adjacent properties, and other special interests. The material shall not be deposited so close to the edges of the excavations as would create hazardous conditions, nor shall ' any material be placed so as to block the access to emergency services. All materials considered unsuitable by the Engineer, for any use on the project, shall be immediately removed from the project and be disposed of as ' arranged for by the Contractor. ' sPac-~as.oa~ 3 - 14 ~a>c~on~ G.2 Excavation Limitations and Requirements: Trench excavating shall be to a depth that will permit preparation of the foundation, as specified, and installation of the pipeline and appurtenances at the prescribed line and grade except where alterations are specifically authorized. Trench widths shall be sufficient to permit the pipe to be laid and joined properly and the backfill to be placed and compacted as specified. Extra width shall be provided as necessary to permit convenient placement of sheeting and shoring and to accommodate placement. of appurtenances. Excavations shall be extended below the bottom of structure grade as necessary to accommodate any required Granular Bedding material. When unstable foundation materials are encountered at the established grade, additional materials shall be removed as specified or ordered -by the Engineer to produce an acceptable foundation. All excavations below grade shall be to a minimum width equal to the outside pipe diameter plus two (2) feet. Where no other grade controls are indicated or established for the pipeline, the excavating and foundation preparations shall provide a minimum cover over the top of the pipe of 7.~ feet to the proposed final grade as indicated on the plans. Trench widths shall allow for at least six inches of clearance on each side of the joint hubs. The maximum allowable width of the trench at the top of pipe level shall be the outside diameter of the pipe plus two (2) feet, subject to the considerations for alternate pipe loading set forth below. The width of the trench at the ground surface shall be held to a minimum to prevent unnecessary destruction of the surface structures while maintaining safe working conditions. The maximum allowable trench width at the level of the top of pipe may be exceeded only by approval of the Engineer, after consideration of pipe strength and loading relationships. Any alternate proposals made by the Contractor shall be in writing, giving the pertinent soil weight data and proposed pipe strength alternate, and shall be made in a timely manner so as not to delay the project. Approval of alternate pipe designs shall be with the understanding that there will be no extra compensation will be allowed for any increase in material or construction costs. G.3 Sheeting and Bracing Excavations: All excavations shall be sheeted, shored, and braced as will meet all requirements of the applicable safety codes and regulations; comply with any specific requirements of the Contract; and prevent disturbance or settlement of adjacent surfaces, foundations, structures, utilities, and other properties. Any damages to the SPEC-74.000 ~ - 1 J 7~~CCOm I~ ii u i ~I i~ II II II 7 work under contract or to adjacent structures or property caused by settlement, water or earth pressures, slides, cave-ins, or other causes due to failure or lack of sheeting, shoring, or bracing or through negligence or fault of the Contractor in any manner shall be repaired by the Contractor at his expense and without delay. Where conditions warrant extreme care, the Contractor shall exercise special precautions to protect life or property. This may include the installation of sheet piling of the interlocking type or shall include other safety measures be taken as the Contractor deems necessary. The Contractor shall at all times be responsible for protection of life, property, and the work on the project. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for proper and adequate placement of sheeting, shoring, and bracing, wherever and to such depths that soil stability may dictate the need for support to prevent displacement. Bracing shall be so arranged as to provide ample working space and so as not to place stress or strain on the inplace structures to any extent that may cause damage. Sheeting, shoring and bracing materials shall be removed only when and t in such manner as will assure adequate protection of the inplace structures and prevent displacement of supported grounds. Sheeting and bracing shall be left in place only as required by the Contract. Otherwise, sheeting and ' .bracing may be removed as the backfilling reaches the level of respective support. Wherever sheeting and bracing is left in place, the upper portions shall be cut and removed to an elevation of three (3) feet or more below the established surface grade or as the Engineer may direct. r ' SPEC-74.000 All costs of furnishing, placing and removing sheeting, shoring and bracing materials, including the value of materials left in place as required by the Contract, shall be included in the prices bid for pipe installation and will not be compensated for separately. When any sheeting, shoring, or bracing materials are lefr in place by written order of the Engineer, payment may be made for those materials as an extra work item, including waste material resulting from upper cut-off requirements. G.4 Preparation and iylaintenance of Foundations: Foundation preparations shall be conducted to produce a stable foundation and provide continuous and uniform pipe bearing between bell holes. Where Class C bedding is specified, the initial excavating or backfilling operations shall produce a subsrade level slightly above finished grade to permit hand shaping to finished grade by trimming of high spots and without the need for filling of low spots to grade. ~ - 16 7~~000m In excavations made below grade to remove unstable materials, the backfilling to grade shall be made with Granular Foundation material. Placement of the backfill shall be in relatively uniform layers not exceeding ' eight (8) inches in loose thickness. Each layer of backfill shall be compacted thoroughly, by means of approved mechanical compaction ' equipment, to produce uniform pipe support throughout the full pipe length and facilitate proper shaping of the pipe bed. Where the foundation soil is found to consist of materials that the Engineer considers to be so unstable as to preclude removal and replacement to a reasonable depth to achieve solid support, a suitable foundation shall be constructed as the Engineer directs in the absence of special requirements therefore in the Contract. The Contractor shall be required to furnish and drive piling and construct concrete or timber bearing supports or other work as provided for in an extra work order. Care shall be taken during final subgrade shaping to prevent any over-excavation. Should any low spots develop, they shall only be filled with Granular Foundation material, which shall be compacted thoroughly, without additional compensation provided to the Contractor. The finished subgrade shall be maintained free of water and shall not be disturbed during pipe lowering operations except as necessary to remove pipe slings. The discharge of trench dewatering pumps shall be directed to natural drainage channels or storm water drains in a manner which does not cause damage to private or public property. Any debris left by dewatering operations ' shall be cleaned up immediately by the Contractor. Draining trench water into sanitary sewers or combined sewers will not be permitted. The Cont actor shall install and o erate a dewaterina s stem of wells or r p ~ y points to maintain pipe trenches free of water wherever necessary or as e directed by the Engineer to meet the intent of these specifications. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, or Specific Requirements, such work shall be considered incidental with no additional compensation ' provided therefore. All costs of excavating below grade and placing foundation or bedding ' aggregates as required shall be included in the bid prices for pipe items to the extent that the need for such work is indicated in the Contract provisions and the BID does not provide for .payment therefore under separate BID items. If examination by the Engineer reveals the need for placement of foundation aggregates was caused by the Contractor's manipulation of the soils in the presence of excessive moisture or lack of proper dewatering, ' the cost of the corrective measures shall be borne by the Contractor. SPEC-74.000 ~ - I7 74~CC~m ' II i~ Inspection, handling, and all aspects of the installation of pipe, services, and appurtenances shall be in accordance with the applicable sections of the AWWA specifications, the manufacturer's recommendations, and as supplemented as follows. H.l Inspection and Handling: Proper and adequate implements, tools, and ' facilities shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient prosecution of the work. Unloading, distribution, and storage ' of pipe and appurtenant materials on the job site shall be at a location approved by the Engineer. AlI materials shall be handled carefully, as will prevent damage to protective coatings, linings, and joint fittings; preclude ' contamination of interior areas; and to avoid jolting contact, dropping or dumping . ' Before being lowered into laying position, the Contractor shall make a thorough visual inspection of each pipe section and appurtenant units to detect damage or unsound conditions that may need corrective action or be ' cause for rejection. Inspection procedure shall be as approved by the Engineer, with special methods being required as he deems necessary to ' check out suspected defects more definitely. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer of any defects discovered and the Engineer will prescribe the required corrective action or order rejection. ~ ,.~. _ .. H• Installation of Pipe and Fittings Immediately before placement, the joint surfaces of each pipe section and fitting shall be inspected for the presence of foreign matter, coating blisters, rough edges or projections, and any imperfections so detected shall be corrected by cleaning, trimming, or repairs as needed. H.2 Pipe Laving Operations: Trench excavation and bedding preparations shall proceed ahead of pipe placement as will permit proper laying and joining ' of the units at the prescribed grade and alignment without unnecessary deviation or hindrance. v All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the inside of the pipe and fittings before they are lowered into position in the trench and they shall be kept clean by approved means during and after laying. The s~-r watermain materials shall be carefully lowered into laying position by the use of suitable restraining devices. Under no circumstances shall the pipe be dropped into the trench. .J - 1 cg 7d~OGOm f At the time of pipe placement, the bedding conditions shall be such as to provide uniform and continuous support for the pipe between bell holes. Bell holes shall be excavated as necessary to make the joint connections, but they shall be no larger than would be adequate to support the pipe throughout its length. No pipe material shall be laid in water nor when the trench or bedding conditions are otherwise unsuitable or improper. ' When placement or handling precautions prove inadequate, in the , Engineer's opinion, the Contractor shall provide and install suitable plugs or caps effectively closing the open ends of each pipe section before it is lowered into laying position, and they shall remain so covered. until removal is necessary for connection of an adjoining unit. It shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor for the removal of any debris found in the water main at any time during the project. ' As each length of bell and spigot pipe is placed in laying position, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell -anti the pipe forced home and ' brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material, which shall be thoroughly compacted by tamping around the pipe. Connection of pipe to existing or previously constructed lines shall be accomplished as shown in the Plans or as otherwise approved by the Engineer. At all times when pipe laying is not in progress, including noon hour and overnight periods, all open ends of the pipe line shall be closed by watertight plugs or other means approved by the Engineer. If water is present in the trench, the seals shall .remain in place until the trench is pumped completely dry. Unless .otherwise noted in the S ecific Re uire ent Cla p q m s, ss B pipe bedding shall be used for PVC water main and Class C pipe bedding shall be used for Ductile Iron water main. H.3 Ductile Iron Pipe Joints 1 SPEC-745.C{~ H.3.a Push-On Joints: The circular rubber gasket shall be flexed inward and inserted in the gasket recess of the bell socket. A thin film of approved gasket lubricant shall be applied to either the inside surface of the Qasket or the outside surface of the spigot end. Care shall be taken to prevent introduction of contaminants. The joint shall be completed by forcing the spigot end to the bottom of the socket by the use of suitable prybar or jack type equipment. Spigot ' ends which do not, have depth marks shall be 'marked before 3 - 19 7d~CC9m i~ II assembly to insure full insertion. Field cut pipe shall be filled or ground at the spigot edge to resemble the manufacturer's fabricated detailing. The use of the bucket on the excavation equipment shall not be used to force pipe into socket. H.3.b Mechanical Joint: The last eight inches of the outside spigot surface and the inside bell surface of each pipe and appurtenance joint shall be painted with a soap solution, after being thoroughly cleaned. The cast iron gland shall then be slipped on the spigot end with the lip extension toward the socket or bell end. The rubber gasket shall be painted with soap solution and be placed on the spigot end with the thick edge toward the gland. An approved lubricant provided by the pipe manufacturer may be used in lieu of the soap solution. After t!`:e spigot end is insened into the socket to full depth and centered, the gasket shall be pressed into place within the bell evenly around the entire joint. After the gland is positioned behind the gasket, all bolts shall be installed and the nuts tightened alternately to the specified torque, such as to produce equal pressure on all parts of the gland. Unless otherwise specified, the bolts shall be tightened in accordance with AWWA C-600 by means of a suitable torque-limiting wrench within afoot-pound range of: Pipe Size Bolt Size Torque Inch Inc 3 5/8 4~-60 4-24 3/ 75-90 30-36 1 100-120 After tightening, all exposed parts of the bolts and nuts shall be completely coated with an approved bituminous rust preventive coal tar material such as Koppers, Bitumastic Super Service Black or Tnemec 46-4~7 Tnemecoi. H.4 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Joints: Jointing shall be in accordance with AWtiVA Manual No. M23. H.5 Aligning and Fitting of Pipe: The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe and shall leave a smooth square-cut end. Pipe shall be cut with approved mechanical cutters. SPEC-745.oW ~ - ZO 7d:000m Wherever it is necessary to deflect the pipe from a straight line either in the vertical or horizontal plane, to avoid obstructions,. plumb stems, or produce a long radius curve when permitted, the amount of deflection allowed at each joint shall not exceed the allowable limits for maintaining satisfactory joint seal as given in AWWA C600 for mechanical joints and push-on joints, or as otherwise allowed by the pipe manufacturer. ECHANICAL JOINT e t t Offset Radius . Pipe Size Deflection Angle Inch Feet I_ cal Decrees 18' 20' 18' 20' 3-4 8-18 31 3~ 12~ 140 6 7-07 27 30 14~ 160• 8-12 ~-21 20 22 19~ 220 14-16 3-35 13.5 1~ 285 320 18-20 3-00 11 12 340 380 24-30 2-23 9 10 450 500 Pipe Size Deflection Angle Inch De~ees 3-12 ~ 5 14-36 3 Offset Inch 18' 20' 19 21 20~ 230 11 12 340 380 Radius Feet 18' 20' H.6 Blocking_and Anchorin~of Pipe: All plugs, caps,. tees, bends, and other thrust points shall be provided with reaction backing, or movement shall be prevented by attachment of suitable restraining devices, >n accordance with the requirements of the Plans, Specific Requirements and typical details. Ir~ the uU°°^^° ^~ ^*'~°r ° ~~°~' - °-~* The following provisions shall apply for reaction blocking or restraining devices. Megalug type restraining devices shall be used unless other suitable restraining devices or reaction blocking have been approved by the Joint Powers Water Board Engineer. SPEC-i~h.oO0 a. ivlegaluQ Series 1100 Retainer glands for ductile-iron watermain, itilegalug Series 2000PV retainer Glands for PVC watermain, or cast in place concrete blocking or nodding shall be used for joint restraint on all horizontal and vertical bends exceeding 20 degrees 3 - ?1 71~1~m deflection, and all caps, plugs, branch tees, crosses, valves at the end of a line, all hydrant valves, and all hydrants. Restrained joints cast onto the pipe by the manufacturer (Lok-Tyton, Fastite, etc.) will be considered as being equivalent to the use of retainer glands. Retainer glands equivalent in function and form to the Megalug Series 1100 for ductile iron watermain or Megalug Series ZOOOPV for PVC watermain may be used only if it is approved by the Joint Powers Water Board Engineer. Plugged tees and crosses in a straight run do not require restraint. For restrained joints, the number of feet of tied pipe required shall be in accordance with the table below. FEET OF RESTRAINED OR TIED PIPE REQUIRED ON EACH SIDE OF THE BEND NOTE: (1) Table based on sand excavation, for silt increase 50% (2) If Polyethylene wrapping is used increase value by 100% N.R. =Not Recommended 4' Cover 6' Cover 8' Cover Pipe Size Bend Sizes Bend Sizes Bend Sizes 22'h° 4~° 67'/z° 90° 22'/z° 4~° 67'/z° 90° 22'/z° 4~° 67'/z° 90° 3" N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. 1' 3' 4' 8' 1' 2' 3' 4' 4" N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. 2' 4' S' 8' 1' 3' 4' S 6" ~ N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. 3' 6' 8' 9' 2' 4' ~' 6' 8" N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. 4' 7' 9' 11' 3' S' 7' 9' 12" N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. 6' 10' 14' 17' S' 8' 10' 12' 16" N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. 7' 13' 18' 21' 6' 10' 14' 17' 20" 12' 22' 30' 37' 9' 1~' 22' 27' 7' 12' 17' ~0' 24" 14' 25' 37' 43' 10' 18' 26' 30' N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. 30" 17' 30' 45' ~2' I2' 21' 30' 37' N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. 36" 19' 35' ~0' 61' 14' 2~' 35' 43' N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. 42" 22' 39' ~6' 69' 16' 28' 40' 49' N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. 48" 24' 43' 63' 77' 18' 31' 46' »' N.R. N.R. N.R. N.R. Table is from "Standards For The Installation Of Water Mains" St. Paul Water Utility. ' b. Offset bends made with standard offset fittings need not be strapped or buttressed. c. Tie rods and tie harnesses shall be of the same size as the required bolt, torqued to the requirements of Section H.3.b. After installing the tie rods and harnesses and prior to the backfill operations, they shall be coated with abrush- applied tar coating. This coating shall be Koppers Bitumastic Super Services Black or Tnemec 46-4~7 Tnemecol, or equal, and shall be applied to the manufacturer's specifications. Hot dipped galvanized parts need not be tar coated. SPEG745.000 ~ - ~~ 745CCOm n All necessary fittings, bands, tie rods, nuts, and washers, and all ' labor and excavation required for installation of reaction restraints shall be furnished by the Contractor at his expense and without ' direct compensation. Hardwood blocking shall only be used as -temporary reaction backing until acceptable permanent reactionblocking or restraining devices have been installed. Blocking shall be nominal 2-inch timber having an area equivalent to at least four times the area of the surface of the cap or plug it restrains h ll b b Concrete uttresses s a e poured against firm, undisturbed ground and shall be formed in such a way that the joints will be kept free of concrete and remain accessible for repairs. The concrete mix used in buttress construction shall meet the .requirements for Grade B (3400 psi) of Mn/DOT 2461. Buttress dimensions shall be as indicated on the Plans or as approved by the Engineer. ' Contractors are instructed to size concrete buttress blocking on fittings and dead ends where the blocking must withstand the pressure of larger main line fittings equipped with reducers, for the larger sized main line thrust and not for smaller fitting size only. This is of particular importance on tees and crosses where the main , size is .reduced on the run from large to small size by use of reducers. I. Polyethylene Encashment of Pipeline Ductile iron pipe and/or valves, fittings, and appurtenances, shall be fully encased 1 in polyethylene film of 8 mil nominal thickness. The film shall be furnished in tube form for installation on pipe and all pipe-shaped appurtenances such as bends, reducers, offsets, etc. Sheet film shall be provided and used for encasing all odd-shaped appurtenances such as valves, tees, crosses, etc. Installation shall be in accordance with AWWA C10~, Type A. J. SPEC-7-i~.(700 Jack-Bore Steel Casino Pine ' The Contractor shall jack-bore steel casino pipe in place as specified and as located on the Plans. ' In granular native soils, a 1-1/2" pipe shall be forced along the top of the casing pipe. The end of this 1-1/2" pipe shall be 18" back from the lead edge of the 3 - 23 ~~~oco~ n jacking pipe. Bentonite grout under pressure shall be forced through this pipe at all times during the jacking operation to fill any voids that might develop above the casing. The water pipe shall then be installed in the casing and the annular space between the water pipe and casing shall be densely filled with sand and the ends sealed with concrete or mortar. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining or paying any special permit fees for bonds, etc. required. K. Rlacement of Insulation Rigid insulation board shall be placed within the pipe encasement zone, six (6} ' inches above the pipe. Prior to placement of the insulation, encasement material shall be compacted until there is no further visual evidence of increased consolidation or the density of the compacted layer conforms to the density ' requirements specified in the Specific Requirements; then leveled and lightly scarified to a depth of '/z inch. Encasement zone material placed below the ' insulation shall be free of rock or stone fragments measuring 1-1/2 inches or greater. ' Insulation boards shall be placed on the scarified material with the long dimension parallel to the centerline of the pipe.. Boards placed in a single layer shall be overlapped at least 6 inches on all sides to eliminate continuous joints foi the full ' depth of the insulation. If two or more layers of insulation boards. are used, each layer shall be placed to cover the joints of the layer immediately below with an overlap of at least 6 inches. The Contractor shall exercise caution to insure that all joints between boards are tight during placement and backfilling with only extruded ends placed end to end or edge to edge. Broken or damaged material shall be removed and replaced. ' The first layer of material placed over the insulation shall be twelve (12) inches in depth, free of rock or stone fragments measuring. l-1/2 inches or greater. The material shall be placed in such a manner that construction equipment does not ' operate directly on the insulation and shall be compacted with equipment which exerts a contact pressure of less than 80 psi. The first layer shall be compacted until there is no further visual evidence of increased consolidation or the density of the compacted layer conforms to the density requirements specified. sPEC-~-~s.ooo 3 - 24 ~-:~ooo~ C~ L. Water Service Installations ' Water service lines complete with all required appurtenances, shall be installed in ' accordance with all pertinent requirements for main line installations and as supplemented as follows. ' It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to keep an accurate record of the location, depth and size of each service connection and other pertinent data such as the location of curb stops and pipe endings. Tap locations shall be recorded in reference to survey line stationing. Curb boxes shall be tied to definable land marks such as building comers, fire hydrants, manholes and telephone pedestals.. ' Pipe terminals at the property line shall be marked on the ground surface with a 2" x 4" x 8' wood post extending 3' above grade with the top 2' painted blue. Water service lines shall be installed in accordance with Minnesota Department of Health standards. Where water service lines are. installed alongside of sanitary or storm sewer service lines, installation shall maintain the minimum specified clearances between pipelines and provide proper and adequate bearing for all pipes and appurtenances. For separate installation, the trench width shall be not less , than two feet. Subject to minimum clearances, the water lines may be laid in a common trench excavated principally for sewer installation, either by widening the trench as necessary or by providing a shelf in the trench wall where ground , stability will permit. Unless otherwise specified, installation of water service lines shall provide for not ' less than seven and one-half feet of cover over the top of the pipe and for not less than 18 inches of clearance between pipelines. Also, at least 6 inches of clearance shall be maintained in crossing over or under other structures. Where the service pipe may be exposed to freezing due to insufficient cover or exposure from other underground structures, the water pipe shall be insulated as directed by the ' Engineer. Service trenches shall be restored and compacted as specified for pipelines. ' L.1 Tap Service Lines: Tap service piping shall be Seamless Copper Water Tube of the size and type specified. Pipe size for tap service installations shall be from 1 inch to 2-1/2 inch nominal inside diameter. Unless otherwise indicated, tap service piping may be laid directly on any ' solid foundation soil that is relatively free of stones and hard lumps. Tap service piping shall be installed in one piece without intermediate joint ' couplings between the corporation stop at the water main tap and the curb stop. All pipe and appurtenances shall be joined by means of approved ' flared type threaded couplings. SPEC-7-~~.OCO 3 - 2J 7~scw~ Connection of tap service lines to the water main shall be made with an approved corporation stop, with the water main tap being made from horizontal. to an angle of not more than 1S degrees from the horizontal. (2:30 and 9:Q30 o'clock}. Expansion loops shall be directed horizontally, not vertically from the tap. A minimum of 3 full threads of the corporation stop must engage in ductile iron water main or a saddle must be used for the connection (see chart below). All tap service lines to polyvinyl chloride water main shall have a saddle used with the connection. DUCTILE-IRON PIPE SADDLE RE OUIREMENTS Class 52 Class ~0 Pipe Size 4 6 8 10 Inches Wall Thickness .29 .31 .33 .35 Inches 12 14 16 18 20 24 31 ,33 .34 .3~ .36 .38 Corp. Stop Pipe Thickness Required for 3 Corporation Stop Threads ~ Inches 1 .38 .34 .32 .31 .30 .29 .29 .28 .28 .27 1-1/4 .4~ .39 .36 .34 .33 .32 .31 .30 .30 .30 1-1/2 .44 .40 .37 .35 .34 .33 .32 .32 .31 2 .48 .44 .41 .39 .37 .36 .35 .33 ABOVE LINE-W/0 SADDLE BELOW LINE-W/SADDLE The flaring of copper tubing ends shall be accomplished only with the use of the proper size and type of tools as designated for the purpose, and will provide accurate sizing and rounding of the ends. .Tubing. shall be cut squarely and all edge roughness shall be removed prior to flaring. All couplings shall be tightened securely, so the flared end fits snugly against the bevel of the fitting without leakage. The flared joint couplings shall be made up without the use of jointing compounds. SPEC-745.000 3 - 26 ~45ccoa, Unless otherwise indicated, tap service lines shall be installed on a straight line at right angles to the water main or property line. The service line shall be terminated with a curb stop and box at the property line. The service pipe and curb stop coupling depth shall be such as to maintain not less than 7-1/2' minimum cover, or in locations where conflict may occur with storm sewer, service pipe shall be placed, at least 3 feet below the storm sewer invert or shall be insulated in accordance with the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions to prevent freezing. In any case the Contractor shall make every effort to provide for a standard depth service box installation where practicable. The service box shall be screwed onto the curb stop coupling and be firmly supported on a concrete block. Service boxes shall be installed plumb and be braced effectively to remain vertical during and after completion of backfilling. The service boxes shall be brought to final surface Grade when the final ground surface has been established. y M SPEC-7d5.p(?o Witting Valves. Hydrants: Fittings and Specials Valves, hydrants, fittings and specials shall be provided and installed as required by the plans and detail plates, and with each installation accomplished in accordance with the requirements for installation of mainline pipe to the extent applicable. Support blocking, thrust blocking, and anchorage devices shall be provided as required by the plans and detail plates. Hydrants shall be installed plumb, with the height and orientation of nozzles as shown on the detail plates. Hydrants shall be connected to the mainline pipe with a 6 inch diameter branch pipe, controlled by an independent valve. A concrete reaction block shall be installed between the hydrant shoe and undisturbed soil for all hydrants. Branch piping shall be restrained using Mega-Lug retainer glands unless another method of joint restraint has been previously approved. A drainage pit one-half cubic yard in volume shall be installed around the hydrant base and shall be filled with coarse gravel firmly compacted under and around the hydrant base and 6" above the drain outlet. The course gravel shall be covered with at least two layers of tar paper or six (6)mil polyethylene prior to placing backfill .thereon. Drain holes shall be normally left open when specified. Hydrants located where the Groundwater table is above the drain outlet shall have the outlet plunged and shall be equipped with a tag stating, "Pump After Use". Hydrants shall be set so that the bottom of the traffic flange is 2 to 4 inches above finished grade. 3 - 27 ~~~cc~:a n 'J 0 7 l ~~ J J I~ !J ~~ ~I', 0 Valve boxes shall be centered over the wrench nut of the valve and be installed plumb, with the box cover flush with the surface of landscaped areas. In streets, valve boxes shall be set at '/z inch below the finished surface of bituminous or concrete pavement or 6 inches below the surface of a gravel surfaced road. Valves ~}^"°`"~°'^~~~ P ^~~^~~•~ * shall have 6 mil polyethylene, 4' x 4', placed tightly over the valve prior to the box assembly to prevent corrosion and soil migration into the valve box assembly. Valve boxes shall not be installed so as to transmit shock or stress to the valve. Valve boxes installed outside the paved roadway shall have a 4"x4"x6' wood post installed, adjacent to the box, with two (2) feet above the ground surface. Post is not required when the valve box is installed with a hydrant. All valves * '^°'^~•~ ~^~°'~°~ e"^-' shall incorporate a valve stem extension that places the operating nut at ~ 6 to ~ 12 inches below finished grade. Special appurtenances shall be provided and installed as required by the Plans and Special Provisions. All dead ends shall be closed with approved plugs or caps and restrained by rodding or thrust blocking. If line size is reduced at the end of the line, restraints shall be sized for the line size prior to reduction. Install a 4"x4" wood post vertically from the pipe end invert to two (2) fee[ above the ground surface. N. Pipeline Backfilling Operations All pipeline excavations shall be backfilled to restore pre-existing conditions as the minimum requirement, and fulfill all supplementary requirements indicated in the Plans and Specifications. The backfilling operations shall be started as soon as conditions will permit on each section of pipeline; so as to provide continuity in subsequent operations and restore normal public service as soon as practicable on asection-by-section basis. All operations shall be pursued diligently, with proper and adequate equipment, as will assure acceptable results. Backfilling shall be accomplished with the use of Suitable Materials selected from the excavated materials to the extent available and practical. Suitable Material shall be defined as a mineral soil reasonably free of foreign materials (rubbish, debris, etc.), frozen clumps, organic matter, stone, rock, concrete, or bituminous chunks larger than 4", and other unsuitable materials that may damage the pipe installation or prevent thorough compaction, taking into consideration particular needs of different backfill zones. Unsuitable material shall only be utilized where and to the extent there will be no detrimental effects and with the approval of the Engineer. SPEC-745.000 j - 7g 74,r,~~q;~ C O. Backfill materials shall be carefully placed in relatively uniform depth layers spread over the full width and length of the trench section to provide simultaneous support on both sides of the pipeline. Each layer shall be compacted effectively, by approved mechanical methods before placing material for a succeeding layer thereon. Within the pipe bedding zone compaction shall be in a minimum of three lifts: invert to spring line, spring Line to top of pipe, and top of pipe to 1.0 foot over top of pipe. Maximum thickness of any lift shall be eight (8) inches compacted thickness. Compaction requirements are: 95 % Standard Proctor maximum dry density from the pipe zone to within 3 feet of the ground surface, and 100% Standard Proctor maximum dry density in the final 3 feet. Ali surplus or waste materials remaining after completion of the backfilling operations shall be disposed of in an acceptable manner after completing the backfill work. Disposal at any location within the project limits shall be as specified, or as approved in writing by the Engineer; otherwise, disposal shall be accomplished outside the project limits at the Contractor's own dump site. e toration of Surface Improvements Wherever any surface improvements such as pavement, curbing, pedestrian walks, fencing or turf have been removed, damaged or otherwise disturbed by the Contractor's operations, they shall be repaired or replaced in kind and structure to the pre-existing condition or better. Each item of restoration work shall be done as soon as practical after completion of installation and backfilling operations on each section of pipeline. In the absence of specific payment provisions, as separate BID items, the restoration work shall be compensated as part of the work required under those BID items which necessitated the destruction and replacement of repair, and there will be no separate payment therefore. If separate pay items are provided for restoration work, only that portion of the repair or reconstruction which was necessitated by the Contract work will be measured for payment. Any improvements removed or damaged unnecessarily shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor at his expense. A proper foundation shall be prepared before reconstructing concrete or bituminous improvements. Unless otherwise directed, granular material shall be placed to a depth of at least four (4) inches under all concrete and bituminous items. No direct compensation will be made for furnishing and placing this material even though such course was not part of the original construction. C! J i 1 J u u spec-~-~>.ax~ 3 - 29 r,c+~c~, J i n fl Existing concrete and bituminous surfaces at the trench wall shall be sawed or cut with a cutting wheel to form a neat edge in a straight line before surfaces are to be restored. Sawing or cutting may be accomplished as a part of the removal or prior to restoration at the option of the Contractor. However, all surface edges shall be inspected prior to restoration. P. .Maintenance and Final Cleanup All subgrade surfaces shall be maintained acceptably until the start of surface construction or restoration work. Additional materials shall be provided and placed as needed to compensate for trench settlement and to serve until completion of the final surface improvements. Final disposal of debris, waste materials, and other remains or consequences of construction, shall be accomplished prior to final acceptance of all work. Final acceptance of each BID item can only be made when the cleanup associated with each item is completed. The Engineer may withhold partial payments until such work is satisfactorily pursued or he may deduct the estimated cost of its performance from the partial estimate value. 4. TESTING A Disinfection of Water Mains Before being placed in service, the completed water main installation shall be disinfected and flushed, and after the final flushing the water shall be tested for bacteriologic quality and found to meet the standards prescribed by the Minnesota Department of Health. The disinfection materials and procedures and the collection and testing of water samples shall at a minimum be in accordance with the provisions of AWWA C6~1, Disinfecting Water Mains, and as will meet the requirements of the Minnesota Department of Health. Where an existing water main is cut for the installation of a hydrant, for lowering the water main, or for reasons determined by the Engineer, the pipe and fittings proposed to be installed shall be disinfected prior to installation as follows:. 1. The interior of the pipe and fittings shall be cleaned of all dirt and foreign material. 2. The interior of the pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly swabbed or sprayed with a 1 percent minimum hypochlorite solution. ' SPEC-74.000 3 - jQ 745000m Unless otherwise indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and S cific Re uirements, Pe q the Contractor shall furnish all materials and perform the disinfecting, flushing, ' and testing as necessary for meeting the water quality requirements. The AWWA Cb51 provisions for disinfection of water mains are reproduced for informational purposes as follows: A.l Tablet Method Tablet Method may be used only when scrupulous cleanliness has been practiced to exclude all foreign materials and ground water during pipe installation. If ground water has entered pipe during pipe installation, the , water main shall be flushed and the Chlorine-Water solution method shall be used. ' Placing Calcium Hv~ochlorite Granules During construction, calcium hypochlorite granules shall be placed at the upstream end of the first section of pipe, at the upstream end of each branch main, and at 500 foot intervals along the main. The quantity of , granules shall be in accordance with the following table: Ounces of Calcium Hypochlorite Granules to be placed at beginning of main and at each 500 foot interval: Pipe Dia. in.l Calcium Hypochlorite Granules (oz.~ 4 0.5 6 1.0 g 2.0 10 3-0 12 4.0 , 16 and larger 8.0 Placing Calcium Hvpochlorite Tablets c e n the to of the main using an adhesive such as Permatex ' Atta h tabl is o p No. 1, product of Loctite Corp, or equal. If tablets are not attach to the top ' and water contacts them they will react prior to the disinfection period. The table below gives tablets required per pipe size and length to achieve 25 ma/1. SPEC-745.000 3 - 31 ~a~ocom Number of 5-g Hypochlorite Tablets Required for Dose of 25 mg/1 Pipe Diameter nch Length of Pipe, feet r le ~$ 20 4 1 1 1 1 1 6 1 1 1 2 2 8 1 2 2 3 4 10 2 3 3 4 ~ 12 3 4 4 6 7 16 4 6 7 10 13 Number of 5-g tablets = .0012 d2L d =pipe diameter, inches L =pipe length, feet Based on 3.25 grams (65 %) available chlorine per tablet The main shall be filled with water at a rate no greater than 1 fps. Precautions shall be taken to assure that air pockets are eliminated. The use of additional curb stops to bleed air through at high points may be necessary. Chlorination Residual of 2~ mg/L chlorinated water shall be retained in the pipe for a minimum of 24 hours, 48 hours when the water temperature is below 41oF. Valves and hydrants shall be operated to ensure disinfection.. A.2 Continuous Feed Method ' Continuous feed method consists of completely filling the main, removing all air pockets, flushing to remove particulates, then filling the main with potable water chlorinated so that after a 24 hour holding period in the main there will be a free chlorine residual of not less than i0 mg/L. Flushing velocity shall not be less than 2.5 fps, see table below. SPEC-745.000 ~ - ~2 745C~9m ' Required Flow and Openings to Flush Pipelines" X40-osi Residual Pressure in Water Mainl Flow Re uired Size of H d ant q y r Outlets Pipe to Produce 2.5 fps Tap on Diameter Velocity in Main ain*" u e i e Nl 4 100 15/16 1 2-1/2 6 220 1-3/8 1 2-1/2 8 390 1-7/8 1 2-I/2 10 610 2-5/16 1 2-1/2 12 880 2-13/16 1 2-1/2 16 1~6~ 3-5/8 2 2-1/2 , * With a 40-psi pressure in the main with the hydrant flowing to atmosphere, a 2-1/2-in. hydrant outlet will discharge approximately 1000 gpm and. a 4-1/2-in. hydrant nozzle will discharge approximately 2500 gpm. ' ** Size of tap on main, with no significant length of discharge piping. W t e exi tiny ste t o a ved a er from th s ~ sy m or o h r ppro source shall be made to flow at a constant measured rate in the new main. At a point not much more than 10 feet downstream from beginning the new main, water ' entering the new main shall receive a dose of chlorine fed at a constant rate such that the water will have not less than 25 mg/L free chlorine. Measure ' the chlorine concentration at regular intervals in accordance with Standard Methods, AWWA M12, or using appropriate chlorine test kits. The following Table gives the amount of chlorine required for various pipes: ' Chlorine Required to Produce 2~ mg/L Concentration in 100 ft of Pipe - l~v Diameter • Pipe 100 1 percent Diameter Chlorine Chlorine Solutions. Inc l~ 4 .013 0.16 6 .030 0.36 8 .0~4 0.6~ 10 .085 1.02 12 .120 1.44 16 .217 2.60 1 % chlorine solution requires 1 lb. of calcium hypochlorite in 8 gallons of water. ' SPEC-745.01;0 3 - 33 7,=CC~m ' ' Strong chlorine solution in the main being treated shall not flow into mains in service. The chlorinated water shall be retained in the main for at least ' 24 hours, during which time all valves and hydrants shall be operated in order to disinfect the appurtenances. At the end of the 24 hour period the treated water in all portions of the main shall have a residual of not less ' than 10 mg/L free chlorine. ' Preferred equipment for applying liquid chdorine is a solution feed vacuum operated chlorinator in combination with a booster pump for injecting the chlorine gas solution water into the main to be disinfected. ' A.3 u a J J After the applicable retention period, heavily chlorinated water shall not remain in prolonged contact with the pipe. Chlorinated water shall be flushed from the main until chlorine concentration is no higher than generally in the system-for domestic use. y The environment to which the chlorinated water is to be discharged shall be inspected. The Contractor shall be responsible to ensure that the receiving area is not damaged by the chlorinated water and shall use a reducing agent for neutralization when necessary. A.4 Bacteriological Tests After final flushing and before the water main is placed in service, samples of water shall be collected from the end of the main and each branch line for testing for bacteriological quality in accordance with Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastetivater, and shall show the absence of coliform organisms. Samples shall be at a rate of one per every 1000 feet of pipe. If water in the pipe does not meet the Minnesota Department of Health requirements, disinfection procedure shall be repeated until meeting the requirements. Acceptance forms from the governing agency shall be furnished to the Engineer. B. Hydrostatic Testing of Water Mains Each valved section shall be subjected to the pressure test and, if required, the leakage test prescribed herein. Testing for the two (2} hour duration shall be with hydrants closed, and valves on hydrant leads and dead end water lines open. Once this portion of the test is completed, the valve on the hydrant leads and dead end water lines shall be closed and hydrants opened. The specified test pressure shall be applied, and the test repeated for 1~ minutes to establish the condition of the hydrant lead valves. SPEC-7d~.IX~ 3 - 34 1 7-t~Cti-0r~ J SPEC-7d5.0(?0 This shall apply to both the pressure and leakage test. The Engineer or Owner may require the Contractor to test the first section of pipe installed to demonstrate the Contractors ability to install the pipe in an acceptable manner. When the connection to the existing system is not made with a valve, the Contractor shall test the existing section to the first available valve(s) to determine the condition of the existing system, or the Contractor may make provisions to test his work separately, prior to connection to the existing system, in a manner acceptable to the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish the pump, pipe connections, gauges, and measuring equipment, and shall perform the testing in the presence of the Engineer. The pressure gauge for the test shall be an Ashcroft 11~Tode1 1082 with 4-1/2 inch dial face at 1 psi increments. Where permanent air vents are not provided, the Contractor shall provide and install corporation cocks at the high points as needed for release of air as the line is filled with water. Where concrete reaction blocking is placed, the water main shall not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure until at least 5 days have elapsed after the concrete placement, with the exception that this period may be reduced to 2 days where high early strength concrete is used. At the option of the Engineer, the pressure and leakage tests may be conducted simultaneously. Any defective joints, pipe, fittings, valves, or hydrants, revealed during the testing or before final acceptance of the work shall be satisfactorily corrected and the tests shall be repeated until the specified requirements have been met. B.1 Pressure Test: The section being tested shall be slowly filled with water and the specified test pressure shall be applied after all air .has been expelled .from the pipe. A hydrostatic pressure of 150 pounds per square inch, gauge pressure, measured at the lowest point of elevation, shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a satisfactory manner. The gauge pressure shall be checked after a minimum of two (2) hours. A pressure drop of 1 psi or less will be cause to accept the test section. Several attempts must be made to satisfy the Engineer the pressure test will not be successful. If the drop is more than 2 psi after these attempts, the Engineer may authorize the leakage test in writing for acceptance. Service Pipe may be tested at the time of the foregoing test, if installed, at the Contractor's option. However, testing of service pipes may be completed as a separate operation from main testing, and if so, the test pressure shall be 100 p.s.i. Service pipe testing, if done separately, shall be done with the corporation stop open. 3 - 35 7~SCCam J l n C L r 0 L i J n L i ' B,2 eakage Test: After an unsatisfactory pressure test, and if authorized in writing by the Engineer a leakage test shall be performed on each valved ' section of water main to determine the quantity of water that must be supplied into the section to maintain a test pressure of 150 pounds per square inch, after the air in the pipeline has been expelled and. the pipe has ' been filled with water. The water added shall be recorded to the nearest fluid ounce. After filling the pipe with water and expelling all .air in the line, a pressure of 150 psi shall be applied in the same manner as prescribed for the pressure test, and sufficient water shall be measured and supplied into the pipe section to maintain the pressure for a test duration of two (2) hours. ' Each pipe section tested will be accepted if the leakage does not exceed the quantity determined by the formula as shown in the table below, based on an allowable leakage of 11.65 gpd/mile/nominal diameter inch at 150 psi. ' L = SD~IP ' 133,200 L =Maximum permissible leakage in gallons per hour S =Length of pipe tested ' D =Nominal diameter of pipe in inches P =Average test pressure during the test, in .pounds per square inch, gauge pressure. ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE PER 1000 FEET OF PIPE GALLONS PER HOUR Avg.Test ' Pressure Nominal Pipe Diameter - in. psi 4 ¢ $ 10 12 14 1C 18 20 24 ' 200 0.43 0.64 0.86 1.06 1.28 1.48 1.70 1.91 2.12 2.55 175 0.40 0..59 0.80 0.99 1.19 1.39 1.59 1.79 1.98 2.38 150 0.37 0.55 0.74 0.92 1.10 1.29 1.47 1.66 1.84 2.21 ' 125 0.34 0.50 0.67 0.84 1.01 1.18 1.34 1.51 1.68 2.01 100 0.30 0.45 0.60 0.75 0.90 1.05 1.20 1.35 1.50 1.80 ' .. 70 0.25 0.38 0.50 0.63 0.75 0.88.1.00 1. U 1.26 1.51 If the pipe section under test contains pipe of vario us diameter s, the ' allowable leakage will be the sum of the computed leak age for each size. SPEC-745.000 3 - 36 7~_C+;~)r~ When requested, the Contractor shall furnish a written report of the results of leakage tests, which shall identify the specific test section, the average pressure, the duration of test, and the amount of leakage. y C. SPEC-7~i5.OG) Fl_ectrical Conductivity Test -Ductile Iron Watermain The Contractor shall perform a conductivity test within one week after completion of pressure testing of the main on all iron pipe water mains. The Engineer or owner may require the Contractor to test the first section of pipe installed to demonstrate the Contractors ability to install the pipe in an acceptable manner. When the connection to the existing system is not made with a valve, the Contractor shall test the existing section to the first available valve(s) to determine the condition of the existing system, or the Contractor may make provisions to test his work separately, prior to connection to the existing system, in a manner acceptable to the Engineer. The system (pipeline, valves, fittings and hydrants) shall be tested for electrical continuity and current capacity. The electrical test shall be made after the hydrostatic pressure test and while the line is at normal operating pressure. Backfilling shall have been completed. The line may be tested in sections of convenient length as approved by the Engineer. Direct current of 3~0 amperes plus or minus 10%, shall be passed through the pipeline for 5 minutes. Current flow through the pipe .shall be measured continuously on a suitable ammeter and shall remain steady without interruption or fluctuation throughout the 5-minute test period. Insufficient current or intermittent current or arcing, indicated by large fluctuation of the ammeter needle, shall be evidence of defective contact in the pipeline. The cause shall be isolated and corrected. Thereafter, the section in which the defective test occurred shall be retested as a unit and shall meet the requirements. Sources of D.C. for these tests may be motor generators, arc welding machines, or other approved sources. All such equipment shall be furnished by the Contractor. Cables from the power source to the section of system under test should be of sufficient size to carry the test current without overheating or excessive voltage drop. Note: After the test, the hydrant shall be shut off and a cap loosened to allow hydrant drainage. Tighten cap after drainage. 3 - 37 ~Tsct~~: J 0 L ~I, r ' D. T._.race Wire Test -PVC Watermain ' The Contractor shall perform a conductivity test on all trace wire prior to acceptance of_the watermain system. A low voltage circuit shall be completed with the use of a suitable voltage source and meter to ensure continuity of the trace ' wire. ' In the event that a closed clamp circuit cannot be completed, the cause shall be isolated and corrected. Thereafter, the section in which the defective test occurred shall be retested as a unit and shall meet the requirements. E. QperationalInspection ' At the completion of the project and in the presence of the Engineer and the Contractor, representatives of the Owner shall operate all valves, hydrants, and ' water services to ascertain that the entire facility is in good working order; that all valve boxes are centered and valves are opened; that all hydrants operate and drain properly; that all curb boxes are plumb and centered; and that water is available ' at all curb stops. ' S. METHOD OF itiIEA TREVIENT A. Watermain Watermain of each e and diameter shall be measured se aratel in linear feet. tYP P Y Measurements shall be made along the pipe centerline without deductions in length ' ~ for fittings, valves and other specials. Le maths of branches shall be measured from the centers of connecting pipes to centers of valves or fittings. In the case of ' hydrant leads, the compensation length shall be from the center of the connecting main to the center of the valve. All length shall be measured in a horizontal plane unless the Grade of the pipe exceeds fifteen percent. y 1 B. Va ve ' Valves of each kind and size shall be measured separately as complete units including the valve box setting. ' C. Hydrant With Valve ' Hydrant with valve shall be measured on a per unit basis. The unit includes hydrant, 6" valve and valve box, 6" pipe between valve and hydrant, crushed rock; and. blocking or restraining devices and hydrant flag. ' SPEC-745.000 3 - 38 ~Ysa~ti:~ D. Fitting Fittings shall be measured on a pound basis of standard weight of fittings as published in AWWA C110 excluding the weight of glands, gaskets, bolts or other accessories. If the Contractor chooses to use compact ductile iron fittings, AWWA C153, measurement compensation for matezial price and weight differences shall be per AWWA C110. The fitting weights for payment purposes are provided in the following table: DUCTILE-IRON & GRAY-IRON MECHANICAL-JOINT FITTINGS Weight in Pounds per AWWA C 110 Bends ( MJ-MJl 9.4 ~ 22-1/2 11-1/4 leeve ~ag~ ug 4" 55 50 50 50 35 15 15 6" 85 75 75 75 45 25 25 8" 125 110 110 110 65 45 45 10" 180 155 160 160 85 60 65 12" 255 215 220 220 110 80 85 14" 340 270 275 275 165 130 120 16" 430 340 345 345 200 175 155 18" 545 420 430 430 240 225 220 20" 680 530 535 540 275 285 255 24" 1025 755 765 770 360 400 390 Reducers ~MJ-MJ~ ~ X6 ~$ X10 X12 ~ X1 ~ X1~ 6" 60 - - - - - - - 8" 80 95 - - - - - - - 10" 105 115 135 - - - - - - 12" 135 150 165 190 - - - - - 14" - 190 210 230 255 - - - - 16" - 230 250 280 305 335 - - - 18" - - 295 325 350 380 415 - - 20" - - - 375 405 430 470 510 - ~~-" - - - _ .~- _ - 550 575 615 660 705 spEC-7as.ooo 3 - 39 , ~;rcoR, Tees 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" ~4,. Crosses (all M~ 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 24" 115 165 235 315 125 - 175 185 250 260 325 340 435 450 540 550 590 605 725. 735 985 1000 ~$ x14 12 ~ ~ ~1$ ;~2Q x24 SPEC-745.000 x4 140 189 260 340 x~ ~$ 160 - 205 235 285 -310 360 385 475 500 575 605 625 655 760 790 1025 1045 310 - - 390 410 - 465 540 585 570 590 710 620 640 755 755 775 795 1020 1030 1055 740 - - _ 905 945 - - 945 1140 1185 - 1075 14fl0 1720 1815 x~4 x~? x~ x~ ~ ~$ X~0 x24 380 - - 460 495 - 540 630 710 645 685 830 685 725 870 820 860 905 1085 1110 1155 895 - 1060 1130 - - 1085 1330 1415 - 1200 1590 1965 2155 E. Granular Material Granular material used as specified shall be measured on a per ton basis. Weight slips shall be required. F. Boring Borings shall be measured in .linear feet as specified on the plans or approved by the Engineer. The water main carrier pipe shall be measured under the water main item. G. Water Service Connection -Water°ice-connections shall be measured on a unit basis for each size and type. The connection shall include the corporation stop, tapping saddle where required, curb stop, and curb box. 3 - 40 ~-~.coom H. Service Lines Service lines shall be measured in lineal feet horizontally from the centerline of the water main to the end of the service line. Separate measurements shall be made for each size of service Line required. I. Insulation Insulation shall be measured by the square foot for the specified thickness. J. Raise Valve Box Raising valve boxes for the final lift of bituminous paving shall be measured per each. A. Water Main Water main shall be paid for at the contract unit price per linear foot for each type and diameter. Payment for the excavation and backfilling of the trench shall be included in the payment for the water main and testing, as well as any required dewatering, sheeting or shoring for which separate payment is not provided. B. Valves Valves of each type and size shall be paid for at the unit contract price per each, including installation, valve box and adjustment of the valve box. C. Hvdrant with Valve Hydrant with valve shall be paid for at the unit contract price per each including installing hydrant, connecting piece of pipe (between valve and hydrant), valve, valve box, concrete base, coarse gravel and blocking, hydrant flag, and adjustment of the hydrant and auxiliary gate valve. D. Fittings Fittings shall be paid for at the unit contract price per pound including installation and blocking. SPEC-7-:~.Ol?0 ~ - =~1 7~l;CG~m ' E. Granular Material ' Granular material shall be paid for at the contract unit price per ton based on weight tickets collected at the project site. The price shall include all costs for ' delivery, placement and compaction. F. ~~ ' Borings shall be paid for at the contract unit rice r linear foot of boring P Pe b for each ' type. and size of casing pipe specified. The payment per linear foot shall include the payment for furnishing and installin the casin i e Th i g g p p . e water ma n carrier pipe shall be paid for under the appropriate bid item. ' G. Water Service o nection ' Water service connection shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each type. and size including corporation stop, curb stop, curb box and tapping saddle where required. ' H. Service Line ' Service lines shall be paid for at the contract unit price per linear foot for each type and size of service line installed. ' I. I u ati ' Insulation shall be paid for at the contract unit price per square foot. J. Raise Valve Box R aising valve boxes shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each. Payment shall be compensation for all materials, equipment, and labor to raise the valve box ' to final grade for the final lift of bituminous paving. END OF CHAPTER 3 ~, SPEC-745.000 J - 47 '~SCCOm CURB BOX AND STOP I TO PROPERTY L1NE 77 J~ VA LV E CROSS 10~ VALVE CURB 80X AND STOP TO PROPERTY LINE 1 _ - - - PROPERTY LINE i ~ 10' I t I ~ VALVES 1 ~TEc - - 1 SEE HYDRANT DETAIL t I i - -- - CORPORATION COCK PROPERTY LINE 1 TYPICAL WATER LAYOUT NOZZLE SECTION OPERATING NUT - I"PENTAGON 2 I/2" HOZE CONNECTION (THREAD SIZE 3 1/16"O.D.,7 1/2" T.P.IJ - 4 i/2"PUMPER CONNECTION (THREAD SIZE 5 x/16°QD., 4" TLP) ~ 1 ~ f ~ I T NOZZLE ARRANGEMENT i ' TWO 2 t/2" NOZZLE PLUS PUMPER NOZZLE - NUT CAP WITH I "PENTAGON ~ TYPE WITH OPERATING NUTS - CHAINS cD c PACER HYDRANT DETAIL L-NOMINAL GROUND LINE 7 3/8" NOTE = I. 16" BREAKOFF SECTION 8 3/8" 2. LEFT HAND OPERATING HUT (1 1/2" POINT TO FLAT ) 3. PAINT BARREL SECTION RED TO GRADE. STANDPIPE ~}. DO NOT PLUG DRAIN HOLES. 12 V 4" rBOT~!'OM 9 V2" - m _ ~ ~ ~ lr-' - O i 5 U4" 7 3/8" ~ 7le" ROU`1D HOLES ~~- O., EDGE OF MAT OR BAC}C OF CURB REACTION BLOCK 1diNIMUM SIZE 3 SQ. FT. TO 8E USED WHEN NOT ROD TIEING MINIMUM COVER AS REQUIRED IN SPECIFlCATIONS OR AS SHOWN ON PLANS. GAT E VALVE WITH MECHANICAL JOINT - TEE AND VALVE 80X ~ ~ 12~-6.. SEE THRUST BLOCKING DETA14 ~ ~:~ l _;: ~ :.;. :; _ _ :t. .. -.. - - .• ~. -. `Uih r Y` .wv `/ ~` ` SEE TYPICAL HYDRANT DETAIL WATERldAIN WITH MECHANICAL JOINT TEE AS REQUIRED FOR SIZE FIRE HYDRANT LWE / LJOINT RESTRAINING COUPLING-TWO 3/4~~ ALL TFREAD RODS. POSSIBLE CONTINUOUS ROD- CONTRACTORS OPTION RODDING DETAIL EACH AREA ~ IS I/2 OF ; TABULATED _ TOTAL AREA ~ ~~~ TEE PLUGGED CROSS WYE ~` "~': BEND PLUGGED CROSS V4~~ PLYWOOD ~ OVER FACE 0 F BOLTS r PLUG OR CAP r/ ~ _ A' PLUGGED TEE NOMINAL FiTTiNG SIZE TE=, WYE, PLUG OR CAP 90• BEND, PLUGGED CROSS TEE PLUGGED ON RUN 45' 22 11 1/4' , INCHES A' AZ BEND BEND -BEND 4 I.0 I l.4 1.9 1.4 I.0 - 6 2. 1 3.0 4.3 3.0 1. 6 ~ 1.0 - 8 3.8 ~ 5.3 7.6 5.4 2.9 t.5 I.0 10 5.9 8.4 I1.8 8.4 4.6 2.6 1.2 12 8.3 I 12.0 1T.0 12.0 6.6 3.4 1.7 I4 1I.3 16.3 23.0 16.3 8.9 4.6 2.3 16 13.0 I 21.3 30.0 21 .3 I f .6 6.0 3.0 18 19.0 27.0 38.0 27.0 14.6 7.6 3.8 20 23.5 33.3 47.0 33.3 18.1 9.4 4.7 24 34.0 I 48.0 68.0 48.0 26.2 13.6 6.8 NOTE 1. CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKING TO BE POURED AGAINST UNDISTURBED EARTH. 2. KEEP CONCR£TE CLEAR OF .}DINT AND ACCESSORIES. 3. IF NOT SHOWN ON -PLANS , REQUIRED BEARING AREAS AT FITTING SHALL 8E AS INDICATED ABOVE, ADJUSTED IF NECESSARY, TO CONFOR~1 TO THE TEST PRESSURE tS) AND ALLOWABLE SOIL BEARING STRESS (ES). 4. BEARING Af~AS AND SPECIAL BLOCKING DETAILS SHOWN ON PLANS TAKE TAKE PRECEDENCc OVER BEARING AREAS AND BLOCKING DETAILS SHOWN THIS STANDARD DETAIL. 5. ABOVE BEARING AREAS BASED ON 'TEST PRESSURE OF 150 P.S_l. AND AN ALLOWABLE SOIL BEARING STRESS OF 2000 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT. TO COMPUTE BEARING AREAS FOR DIFFERENT TEST PRESSURES AND SOIL BEARING STRESSES, USE THE FOLLOWING EQUATION =BEARING AREA = (TEST PRESURE/l50} z (2000/SOIL BEARING STRESS} z (TABLE VALUE) ii i~ u 0 0 ii i fl 0 THRUST BLOCKING .:DETAIL C 7 0 J n J i fl 7 Bc 12'1 MtN. %I'/i ~. ~ ~~ • ' • • • ~ . • r. • , • • .. SUITABLE MATERIAL s" OR !/4 tic WHiI iS LARGER t t2 `~ MA) SPRING L1NE 4" OR Bc/8 WHICHEVER ~-NATURAL GROUND tS LARGER. GRANULAR BEDDING NOTE = ALL COSTS OF EXCAVATION BELOW GRADE AND PLACEMENT OF GRANULAR BEDDING SHALL BE INCLUDED iN THE BID PRICES FOR P1PE ITEMS, L CLASS B PIPE BEDDING Bc G~~ SUITABLE MATERIAL i .5 B NATURAL GROUND THE 90TTOM OF THE TRENCH SHALL BE SHAPED TO FIT THE PIPE BARREL FOR AT LEAST 50 OF THE OUTSIDE DIAMETER. THE REMAINDER OF THE PIPE IS SURROUNDED TO A HEIGHT OF AT AT LEAST 6 ~~ ABOVE ITS TOP BY SELECT FILL MATERIALS, PLACED BY HAND TOOLS AND COMPACTED TO COMPLETELY FILL ALL SPACES UNDER AND ADJACENT TO THE PIPE. NOTE : ALL COSTS OF EXCAVATION BELOW GRADE AND PLACEMENT OF GRANULAR BEDDING SHALL 8E INCLUDED 1N THE BiD PRICES FOR PIPE ITEI~lS. CLASS C PIPE BEQ~~.NG INSTALL ONE LENGTH OF WATERMAIN- PIPE WITH THE APPROPRIATE MATERIAL ADAPTORS. CENTER AT CROSSINGS. „ PROPOSED SEWER 24 I OD.~ 24 _ COMPACTED SAND .•~:~.;_.-~_..• ~ : ~ MIN. „ 3 STYROFOAM '• . • _ INSULATION ASNREQUIRED ~ j ~-PROPOSED WATERMAIN l _ WATERMAIN INSTALLATION UNDER SANITARY OR STORM SEWER CENTER ONE LENGTH OF WATERMAIN AT CROSSING BENDS AS REQURED TRANSITION TO SPECIFIED DEPTH tTYP.) INSTALL VERTICAL BEND AS REOUtRED PROPOSED WATERMAIN ~~ =; ,':_.:::::: ~= ;~~.'•~ ~5 MIN. ~= 3" STYRFOAM ` - - ~=~~-' `" 5" MlN. INSULATION SEE NOTE ~ ~•-.~.. _ .'-•+- ( COMPACTED SAND 24" O.D.I 24" PROPOSED SEWER WATERMAIN 1NSTALLATfON OVER SANITARY OR STORM SEWER NOTES= L WHEN WATERMAIN AND SANITARY SEWER CROSSINGS HAVE LESS THAN 18" • VERTICAL SEPARATION, INSTALL CROSSING AS SHOWN. 2 WHEN VfATER~tA1N COVER IS LESS THAN 7.5 FEET, INSTALL WATERMAIN UNDER SANITARY SEWER ~/ATERMAIN CROSSING 4'-O'I COMPACTED TRENCH BACKFTLL .~ ~ - - .. . , I~ - f- - WATERMAiN -~ ~ ~ EXISTING SOIL --// I COMPACTED SELECTED ~ GRANULAR MATERIAL 2'~ STYROFOAM INSULATION 4° SAND CUSHION PIPE 1NSU CATION DETAIL ~. DEVELOPER/CONTRACTOR REQUIJZEMENTS ' A ~4~ hour notice must be given to Joint Powers Water Board prior to beguuung construction of water main. 2. Before new water main can be filled for testing or flushing a z4'4~ hour notice must be ' given to the Joint Powers Water Board. All tests to be carried out in the presence of a representative of the joint Powers Water Board or its duly authorized agent. 3. If it becomes necessary to interru t existin water services because of ne ' P g w ut~ty construction, sufficient notice must be given to the Joint Powers Water Board so that n Lice may be given to the affected customers ~`4~ hours prior to interruption. 4. The developer or contractor shall furnish written reports on test results for hydrostatic pressure test, electrical conductivity test, disinfection of new water main (see attached ^ form). ~. The developer or contractor shall furnish the Joint Powers Water Board with as-buil t plans from inked and clearly legible drawings with unnecessary construction information removed. $ ~ .T Q miff ~h~1~=rn a,r,-t P ~ F,~~,~~n}-'~i'~~',~ ^ . _ 1 ^ . L L• , 1 « ~, . A 11 er g: ~ ., . ~. 11 L L 1 11 L L L - 1 r u L y ~ 1 ~ ~ ^ • i 1 L L 1 ~ ^ • 1 1 L • l L 1 , V ^ ~ •1 1• • 1 L ~ T 1 • 1 ll ` • • ~ ~ x.11 - 1 •L . u u > > L 1 fc~- 1 ' y V • •~ U. T ' 1 ~1 1 ~ bUILC.I ~~~ t 1 ~ u ~ ~ ~ > > • ~ u ~ iii - ~ > > ~ • t 1 • ' , •, u UTILI"fY TEST REPORT Size Street From - Manhole Station To Manhole Station Date Job No. Project Cit-~ Contractor Owner Weather Temp 3,m_ p.m. HYDROSTATIC PF~1?SSURE TEST Test Time Hr/Mn Hr/Mn I-ir/~ Test Pressuz-e PSI PSI PSI Actual Pressise PSI PSI pSI PasslFail Test Time Specified Amps Pass/Fail Remarks: CONDUCTIVITY TEST Min Min AMP A~ti1P Min AMP Inspector Material maw:forml0-I 1 PERMIT NO. DATE PERMIT FEE PLAN REVIEW ESCROW AMOUNT CONST. INSPECT ESCROW AMT S 85.00 51,500.00 52,500.00 CONSTRUCTION APPLICATION AND PERMIT JOINT POWgRS WATER BOARD Directions: Spaces numbered 1 through 6 must be completed, 3 sets plans and specifications submitted, and the Application signed, before permit will be issued. (Please print or type and sign at bottom.) 1. Date: 2. Property Address: 3. Legal. Description: Section Lot Block Addition Plat No. Parcel No. Property I.D. No. 4. Property Owner: Name Address Telephone Number 5. Builder: Name Address Telephone Number 6. Name of street/road bordering property described at No. 3 above The undersigned hereby agrees as follows: ' 1. That attached to this Construction Application and Permit are plans and specifications dated , 2. That all modifications of the attached plans and ,specifications by the Joint Powers Water Board (hereinafter "Board") as set forth at paragraph 14 below, shall be complied with. 3. That the plans and specifications shall be accompanied by the , 585.00 permit fee and a deposit of 51,500.00. The 51,500.00 deposit shall be used to pay any fees incurred by the Board in reviewing the plans and specifications and as-builts. Upon approval of the as-builts any .balance remaining shall be refunded to the applicant Board_ If the amount deposited is not sufficient to defray said .incurred fees, the applicant shall deposit additional sums as determined by the Board. (Resolution No. 1987-1 of the Joint Powers Water Board) 4. That the undersigned shall comply with the City Code and and Ordinances of the City of which has jurisdiction over this construction project. ' 5. That the undersigned has obtained all necessary permits from the City of required by City Code and- Ordinance. 6. That 48 hours notice will be given to the Board's engineer and maintenance company for the pre-construction meeting and start of construction. 7. Prior to the start of construction a construction observation ' deposit of 52,500.00 will be submitted to the Board. Said money will be used to pay any fees incurred by the Board for the inspection of the water construction for the development. If the amount is not sufficient to defray said expenses, the. applicant shall deposit additional sums as determined by the Board. Upon approval of the as-builts, any remaining balance shall be refunded to the applicant. 8. That within sixty (60) days of completion of this construction project, the undersigned shall submit to the Board, in triplicate, "As Built" Plans certified to by a registered. engineer, along with appropriate ties for service stubs and buried structures and a copy of the ' bacteriological, hydro-static and conductivity tests. Upon receipt of the as-builts the Board representatives will verify that the hydrants and hydrant auxilary valves are ' within the required elevation 9. That either a letter or credit will be issued or a deposit amounting to the eguivelent of 5500 00 per gate valve and 5500.00 per hydrant/auxilary valve where elevation is a problem will be withheld from any balance of the construction deposit. If the remaining balance of the construction deposit ~~ ' does not cover the amount to withheld then additional monies will need to be deposited prior to sending a refund Any costs incurred by the Board shall be deducted from the gate valve ' monev or letter of credit to defray said costs (Made on a motion by the Board February 27, 1995 meeting and amended by a motion of the Board May 22, 1996). 10 Th t . a the gate valves will be raised and notification shall be given to Joint mowers by the end of the construction season ' after the final lift of blacktop is laid Upon point Powers engineer approval of the gate valves and hydrants, any remaining balance shall be refunded. If after a reasonable amount of time (determined by the Board) the gate valves and/or hydrants/auxilary valves have not been corrected, the money withheld on deposit or the letter of credit will be used to make the necessary corrections and reimburse the Board for ' any costs they incur 11. Additional deposits shall be made within 30 days of request. ' If additional deposits are not made within that time interest will be charged plus any fees incurred by the Board in collection of any unpaid monies. ' 12. That the undersigned shall conform to the rules and regulations established by the Board as conditions for the use of water pursuant to Resolution No. 1987-1 of the Joint Powers Water Board. 13. That nothing in this Construction Application and Permit or ' in the plan review process shall exempt the undersigned from complying with any other legal requirements, whether local, state or federal. 14. That, through this Construction Application and Permit, neither the Board nor its representatives warrant the suitability of this project for its intended purpose. 15 Th . at, neither through this Construction .Application and Permit nor the acceptance of As Built Plans, does the Board warrant that this project was constructed as shown or relieve the undersigned. or its agents of any existing or future legal liability whatsoever. 16. That, only upon completion of the terms of this Construction Application and Permit shall any remaining escrow funds be refunded to the undersigned. 17 Th t . a only upon completion of the terms of this Construction Application and Permit shall permits for connection to the system be issued. 18. That in no event shall any amount of the permit fee submitted herein be refunded. 19. That the. Board and its a ents are hereb rant. g y g ed a right of entry to the. property described herein for the purpose of ' inspecting the construction project and that the u~c~ersigned consents to reasonable inspection by the Board and its agents. 2@. That the undersigned shall hold the Board and its agents harmless from any personal in~ury or property damage occurring on the property described herein at all times during inspections on said property by the Board or its agents. 21. That approval of this Construction Application and Permit is issued based on the following special conditions: a. Prior to the start of construction, all pending assessments on the said property will be paid in full to the Board, or arrangements made with the Board to pay all pending assessments through a signed Water Service Contract that will be certified to the. County Auditor for collection with real estate taxes. Signature of Applicant Signature of Owner {If other than Applicant} Approved by Joint Powers Water Board as updated by the Board May 1, 1998 incurred by the Board shall be deducted from the gate valve money or letter of credit to defray said costs (Made on a motion by the Board February 27, 1995 meeting and amended by a motion of the Board May 22, 1996). ' 10 Th t t . a he ate valves will be raised and notification shall be given to Joint Powers by the end of the construction season after the final lift of blacktop is laid Upon Joint Powers engineer approval of the gate valves and hydrants, any remaining balance shall be refunded. If of ter a reasonable ' amount of time (determined by the Board) the gate valves and/or hydrants/auxilar val h y ves ave not been corrected the , money withheld on deposit or the letter of credit will be used ' to make the necessary corrections and reimburse the Board for any costs they incur 11. Additional deposits shall be made within 30 days of request . If additional deposits are not made within that time interest will be charged plus any fees incurred by the Board in collection of any unpaid monies. 12. That the undersigned shall conform to the rules and regulations established by the Board as conditions for the use of water pursuant to Resolution No. 1987-1 of the Joint Powers water Bo d ar . 13. That nothing in this Construction Application and Permit or in the plan review process shall exempt the undersigned from complying with any other legal requirements, whether local , state or federal. J 1 14. That, through this Construction Application and Permit, neither the .Board nor its, representatives warrant the suitability of this protect for its intended purpose.. 15. That, neither through this Construction Application and Permit nor the acceptance of As Built Plans, does the Board warrant that this project was constructed as shown or relieve the undersigned or its agents of any existing or future legal liability whatsoever. 16. That, only upon completion of Application and Permit shall refunded to the•undersigned. the terms of this Construction any remaining escrow funds be 17. That only upon completion of the terms of this Construction Application and Permit shall permits for connection to the system be issued. 18. That in no event shall any amount of the permit fee submitted herein be refunded. 19. That the Board and its agents are hereby granted a right of entry to the property described herein for the purpose of inspecting the construction protect and that the undersigned consents to reasonable inspection by the Board and its agents. 20. That the undersigned shall hold the Board and its agents harmless from any personal in~ury or property damage occurring on the property. described herein at all times during inspections on said property by the Board or its agents. 21. That approval of this Construction Application and Permit is issued based on the following special conditions: a. Prior to the start of construction, all pending assessments on the said property will be paid in full to the Board, or arrangements made with the Board to Pay all pending assessments through a signed Water Service Contract that will be certified to the County Auditor for collection with real estate taxes. Signature of Applicant Signature of Owner (If other than Applicant) Approved by Joint Powers Water Board as updated by the Board August 26, 1996 ' ~~ Street(s) Sheet No. Sta. ' ~~ ' Street(s) Sheet No. Sta. File No. City Addition Street GATE VALVE GATE VALVE Contractor _ Installed By Tied By Date GATE VALVE Street(s) Sheet No. Sta. GATE VALVE Street(s) Sheet No. Sta. File No. Contrzctor_ City Installed By Addition Tied By ' Street Date ,i Block Lot Sheet No._ Service No. Seer S~-cri.~ .-ta. 3et_ M. H__ & M_H_ f_~n dc~,.s~~ M_H_ i3o. _ ;t. I,~~ z~i-h @ P.L. ~. @ P_L. D'-s~~ ~rxn cs~c~s~n ;:i_?~_ 230. _ r t- ~~~ ~ @ P.L. ~- @ P.L_ ._ ~- ~~_ M.H._ ~ M.~'. L~s`,..~-•~ i r'cm ~n M.H. I3o . t~t_ I.,~g-'~h ' @ P.L. -----_ e e 'rlat_^ Se~r_' ~ , Ste- Bet_ M.H.i ~ M_:i. Mat_ Z I~~ @ P.L. Block_Lot Sheet No._ rvice No. JOINT POWERS WATER BOARD "AS-BtIILT" RF,VIEW CHECK LIST All hydrants, gate valves and tees are stationed Stationing of water stop boxes are indicated by a "w" in front of the stationing. Size and type of all water services are noted on the plans All gate valves are tied with at least two ties. Use the following priority: 1. Fire Hydrants 2. Manholes 3. Catch basin (if curb and gutter is in) 4. Building or other permanent structures (note addresses on plans} 5. Telephone pedestals 6. Power poles, trees, semi-permanent items 7. Stationing from hydrants, manholes, catch basin, if distance is over 100 feet. All curb stop boxes are tied from the property line with at least two ties. Use the following priority: 1. The served structure (note the address on plan) 2. Neighboring address (note the address on plan) 3. Fire hydrants 4. Manholes and Catch basins (if curb and gutter is in) 5. Other permanent structures (telephone pedestals, transformers, bridges, etc.) 6. Power poles, trees, semi-permanent items 7. Stationing from hydrants, manholes, catch basin; these must be used with back of curb distances. 8. Adjacent services. Ties are Iess than 100 feet where possible. _ Ties on the plans and on the tie cards match All gate valve, curb box and watermain stubs have ties. on the plans and tie cards _ All test data has been provided and are within the specification requirements Bacteriological tests Conductivity tests Hydrostatic tests Number of hydrants, auxiliary• valves, and gate valves on project. Hydrants have top of nut elevation called out. SPEC-745.000 74~OOOm EXCAVATION and EMBANKMENT ' PART1-GENERAL ' 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK This work shall consist of constructing all excavation and embankments for buildings, roadways, drainage and site grading within the property and easements in the project area. ' 1.02 RELATED WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS The following items of related work are covered under other sections: ' A. Bidding Requirements, Conditions of the Contract, and pertinent portions of the Special Provisions apply to the work of this section. ' B. Seeding: Lawns and Grasses 1.03 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS The following publications of the issues listed below, but referred thereafter by basic designation only, forma part of this specification to the extent indicated by the references thereto: ' A. Minnesota Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction, 1995 Edition, including Supplemental Specifications thereto. (MnDOT) 1. MnDOT 2105 -Excavation and Embankment ' 2. MnDOT 1803.5 -Erosion Control 3. MnDOT 2573 -Temporary Erosion Control 4. MnDOT 2101 -Clearing and Grubbing ' B. Minnesota Pollution Control Agency, General Contractor's Copy, "General Permit, Authorization to Discharge Storm Water Associated With a Construction Activity Under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System/State Disposal System Permit Program" (NPDES/SDS permit). ' The Contractor shall carefully review the permit and shall implement all conditions listed Special conditions have been identified under the permit for erosion control measures, inspection and record keeping. PART 2 -CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS 2.01 GENERAL Excavation and borrow materials shall conform to MnDOT 2105.2. e .PART 3 -CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 3.01 GENERAL A. All construction to be done in conformance to MnDOT 2105.2, 2573.3 and 2101.3. B. Disposal of timber, roots, and other debris shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. No disposal on the project sifie shall be allowed. C. All erosion control barriers shall be installed riot to initiating grading operations. 0 D. Protect all existing improvements to remain, including structures, pavements, utilities, ' trees, shrubs, and lawn areas. The Contractor is liable for damage he causes outside of the "construction limits" designated on the site plan. E. Construction shall be done in conformance to MnDOT 2105.2 and shall include excavation of unsuitable soils. Pumping as required to maintain dry excavations. Protection of excavations from freezing. Provisions for surface runoff and erosion control. The Contractor shall complete grading operations in any given area prior to starting another area. F. Compaction for embankment materials shall be by the Specified Density Method specified in MnDOT 2105.3F1. Density tests shall be taken by an Independent Testing Lab, at the ' rate of one test per 2 feet of fill placed for every 100 feet of roadway and 10,000 square feet for building areas. G. The Contractor shall locate all existing underground utilities prior to excavation. ' H. Before commencing excavation or embankment construction, the Contractor shall remove all topsoil and sod from street areas and embankment building pads. Sufficient topsoil shall be salvaged or provided from an off-site source to restore all disturbed areas ' with a minimum of 4 inches. The topsoil shall be placed prior to commencing the turf restoration. The salvaging, stockpiling and placement of the topsoil in excavation areas shall be incidental to the common excavation (EV) bid item. The stripping of the first one (1) foot " " of topsoil in embankment areas has been accounted for in the common excavation bid ' quantity. If topsoil or unsuitable soil thickness greater than one (1) foot in depth is encountered, they shall be removed and reused as described above, the volume measured and the volume paid for at the same unit price as the common excavation (EV). No adjustment of the common excavation (EV) bid price shall be allowed for the additional ' topsoil. I. The Contractor shall grade all roadways and parking areas to within plus or minus 0.1 feet. 3.02 EXCESS MATERIAL Excess material not used on the project shall be disposed of on-site by the Contractor, at a location designated by the Engineer. The Contractor will deliver and stockpile the material to the location at no additional cost to the Owner. The stockpile shall have slopes no greater than 3:1 upon completion. PART 4 -MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The work of this section shall be measured and paid for pursuant to MnDOT 2105, 2573, and 2101, except where modified below. It shall include the following bid items: 1. Common excavation: Will be measured by the cubic yard in the original, unexcavated position, using original ground survey data. Final surveys shall be used for authorized over-depth excavation. Except for authorized over-depth excavation, no allowance will be made for materials removed , outside of lines and grades shown. 2. Clearing and Grubbing: acre , 3. Silt Fence: Linear Feet (LF) r PART1-GENERAL LAWNS AND GRASSES ' 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK This work shall consist of the seeding and sodding of all areas disturbed during the construction process. ' 1.02 RELATED WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS The fol-owing items of related work are covered under other sections: A. Bidding Requirements, Conditions of the Contract and pertinent portions of the Special ' Provisions apply to the work of this Section. B. Grading: Excavation and Embankment. ' 1.03 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS The following publications of the issues listed below, but referred thereafter by basic designation only, form a part of this Specification and shall govern except as modified herein. A. Minnesota Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction, 1995 ' Edition, including Supplemental Specifications thereto. (MnDOT) 1. MnDOT 2575 Turf Establishment 2. MnDOT 3876 Seed 3. MnDOT 3878 Sod 4. MnDOT 3882 Mulch Material 5. MnDOT 3886 Silt Fence ' B. Minnesota Pollution Control Agency, general contractors Copy, "General Permit, Authorization to Discharge Storm Water Associated with a Construction Activity Under the National Pollutant discharge Elimination system/State Disposal System Permit Program" (NPDES/SDS permit). PART 2 -MATERIALS 2.01 SEED MIXTURE A. The seed mixture to be used on this project shall be Mixture Number 50A per MnDOT ' 3876 or a dormant seed mixture to be reviewed and approved by the Engineer. ' B. The seed mixture to be used on the mitigated wetland areas shall be a 50-50 mixture with any two of the following: 1. Reed Canary Grass (FACW+) 2. Wool Rush (OBL) ' - 3. Timothy Grass (FACU) 4. Prairie Cord Grass (OBL) 2.02 SOD Sod shall be the."Lawn and Boulevard Sod" per MnDOT 3878. ii ~ ' 2.03 MULCH , The mulch material shall be Type 1, per MnDOT 3882. 2.04 WOOD FIBER BLANKET ' The wood fiber blanket shall be the High Velocity Type per MnDOT 3885. PART 3 -CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 3.01 GENERAL ' All construction activities under this section shall be performed in accordance to MnDOT 2575 except as modified below. 3.02 SEEDING 1 Within 48 hours of completion of site grading operations in a given watershed area, all disturbed areas shall be seeded and mulched. Seed shall be applied at the rate of 50 pounds per acre or 50 kg. per hectare. All areas seeded shall be mulched and disk ' anchored, unless wood fiber blanket is placed. 3.03 FERTILIZER All areas seeded shall be fertilized. The fertilizers shall be dry and shall contain available ' nitrogen, phosphoric acid and. potash in proportions which will supply the minimum quantities of these plant foods. , 3.04 BLACK DIRT All placement of black dirt behind curbing shall be done prior to paving. The Contractor shall be aware that the quantities of sod and seed used next to the curb shall ' be at the Owner's discretion and that they may be changed or deleted with no change in the unit price. PART 4 -MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The work of this section shall be measured and paid for pursuant to MnDOT 2575. It shall include the following bid items: 1. Seeding (acre - ac) 2. Mulch Material, Type 1 (ton) ' 3. Disk Anchoring (acre - ac) 4 Wood Fiber Blankets h Velocit : S uare Yard (s ) T e Hi . q .y. , yp g y 5. Sod (square yard - s.y.) The Contractor shall have the topsoil tested to determine the type and application rate of fertilizers to use. For bidding purposes, the Contractor shall use an application rate of 300 pounds per acre of a 20-10-10 fertilizer. ' i